POORE BROTHERS INC
10KSB, 2000-03-30
MISCELLANEOUS FOOD PREPARATIONS & KINDRED PRODUCTS
Previous: THOMASVILLE BANCSHARES INC, 10KSB, 2000-03-30
Next: VION PHARMACEUTICALS INC, 10KSB, 2000-03-30



                     U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-KSB
(Mark One)
[X] ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
    ACT OF 1934

    FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999

[ ] TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
    EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

    For the transition period from ________ to ___________

                         Commission File Number: 1-14556


                              POORE BROTHERS, INC.
                 (Name of Small Business issuer in its charter)

            Delaware                                             86-0786101
(State or other jurisdiction of                               (I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization)                              Identification No.)

                           3500 South La Cometa Drive
                             Goodyear, Arizona 85338
                                 (623) 932-6200
     (Address, zip code and telephone number of principal executive offices)

                                   ----------

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                      None

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                          Common Stock, $.01 par value
                                (Title of class)

     Check whether the Registrant (1) filed all reports  required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act during the past 12 months (or for such
shorter period that the  Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2)
has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes [X] No [ ]

     Check  if  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers  in  response  to Item 405 of
Regulation  S-B is not  contained  in  this  form,  and no  disclosure  will  be
contained,  to the  best of  Registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-KSB
or any amendment to this Form 10-KSB. [ ]

     The Registrant's revenues for the most recent fiscal year were $23,275,543.

     At March 24, 2000, the aggregate  market value of the  Registrant's  common
stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $22,065,085.

     At March 24, 2000,  the number of issued and  outstanding  shares of common
stock of the Registrant was 13,347,044.

     Transitional Small Business Disclosure Format (check one): Yes [ ] No [X]
<PAGE>
                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This Annual Report on Form 10-KSB,  including all documents incorporated by
reference,  includes "forward-looking"  statements within the meaning of Section
27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") and Section
12E of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934,  as  amended,  and  the  Private
Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act of  1995,  and  Poore  Brothers,  Inc.  (the
"Company")  desires to take advantage of the "safe harbor"  provisions  thereof.
Therefore,  the Company is including this  statement for the express  purpose of
availing  itself of the  protections  of the safe harbor with  respect to all of
such forward-looking statements. In this Annual Report on Form 10-KSB, the words
"anticipates,"  "believes," "expects," "intends," "estimates," "projects," "will
likely  result,"  "will  continue,"  "future" and similar terms and  expressions
identify  forward-looking  statements.  The  forward-looking  statements in this
Annual Report on Form 10-KSB reflect the Company's current views with respect to
future events and financial  performance.  These forward-looking  statements are
subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including specifically the Company's
brief  operating   history  and  significant   operating  losses  to  date,  the
probability  that the Company will need  additional  financing  due to continued
operating losses or in order to implement the Company's business  strategy,  the
possible diversion of management resources from the day-to-day operations of the
Company  as a  result  of  the  Company's  pursuit  of  strategic  acquisitions;
potential  difficulties  resulting from the  integration of acquired  businesses
with  Company's   business,   other   acquisition-related   risks,   significant
competition,  risks  related to the food  products  industry,  volatility of the
market  price of the  Company's  common  stock,  par value  $.01 per share  (the
"Common  Stock"),  the possible  de-listing  of the Common Stock from the Nasdaq
SmallCap Market and those other risks and uncertainties  discussed herein,  that
could cause actual results to differ materially from historical results or those
anticipated.  In  light  of  these  risks  and  uncertainties,  there  can be no
assurance that the forward-looking  information  contained in this Annual Report
on Form  10-KSB  will in fact  transpire  or prove to be  accurate.  Readers are
cautioned to consider the specific  risk factors  described  herein and in "Risk
Factors,"  and not to place  undue  reliance on the  forward-looking  statements
contained herein, which speak only as of the date hereof. The Company undertakes
no obligation  to publicly  revise these  forward-looking  statements to reflect
events or  circumstances  that may arise after the date hereof.  All  subsequent
written  or oral  forward-looking  statements  attributable  to the  Company  or
persons  acting on its behalf are expressly  qualified in their entirety by this
section.

                                       1
<PAGE>
ITEM 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

BUSINESS

     Poore Brothers, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") are
engaged in the  production,  marketing and  distribution  of premium salty snack
food  products  that are sold  primarily  through  grocery  retail chains in the
southwestern  United  States and  through  vend  distributors  across the United
States.  The Company  manufactures  and sells its own brands of salty snack food
products  including Poore Brothers(R) and Bob's Texas Style(R) brand batch-fried
potato chips, Tato Skins(R) brand potato snacks, Pizzarias(R) brand pizza chips,
and O'Boisies(R)  brand potato crisps,  manufactures  private label potato chips
for grocery store chains,  and distributes and merchandises  snack food products
that are manufactured by others. For the year ended December 31, 1999,  revenues
totaled  $23,275,543.  Approximately  80% of sales were attributable to products
manufactured by the Company (65% branded snack food products,  15% private label
sales) and  approximately  20% of sales were attributable to the distribution by
the Company of snack food products manufactured by other companies.  The Company
generally sells its products to retailers and vend operators through independent
distributors.

     Poore  Brothers(R) and Bob's Texas Style(R)  potato chips are  manufactured
with a batch-frying process that the Company believes produces potato chips with
enhanced  crispness  and flavor.  They are  currently  produced in ten  flavors:
Original,  Salt & Vinegar,  Jalapeno,  Barbecue,  Parmesan & Garlic, Cajun, Dill
Pickle,  Grilled Steak & Onion, Habanero and Unsalted.  Poore Brothers(R) potato
chips are currently offered in all flavors and Bob's Texas Style(R) potato chips
are currently  offered in seven of such flavors.  The Company also  manufactures
potato  chips  for sale on a  private  label  basis  using a  continuous  frying
process.  The Company  currently has three  California and three Arizona grocery
chains as customers  for its private label potato  chips.  The Company's  potato
chips are  manufactured at a Company-owned  facility in Goodyear,  Arizona.  See
"PRODUCTS" and "MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION."

     Since the Company's  October 1999 acquisition of Wabash Foods, LLC ("Wabash
Foods"),   the  Company  has  produced  Tato  Skins(R)   brand  potato   crisps,
Pizzarias(R) brand pizza chips, and O'Boisies(R) brand potato crisps utilizing a
sheeting  and frying  process that  includes  patented  technology.  The Company
licenses the patented  technology  from a third party and has an exclusive right
to use the  technology  within North America until the patents  expires  between
2004 and 2006.  Tato Skins(R)  brand potato crisps are offered in three flavors:
Baked Potato, Cheese n'Bacon and Sour Cream n' Onion flavors. Pizzarias(R) brand
pizza  chips are  offered  in three  flavors:  Supreme,  Pepperoni  and  Cheddar
flavors.  These products are manufactured at the Wabash Foods plant in Bluffton,
Indiana,  which is leased by the  Company.  The  Company  also  produces  at the
Indiana  plant  pretzels and tortilla  chips on a private  label basis for snack
food manufacturers. See "PRODUCTS" and "PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS".

     The Company's business objective is to be a leading regional  manufacturer,
marketer and  distributor of premium branded and private label salty snack foods
by providing high quality  products at  competitive  prices that are superior in
taste, texture, flavor variety and brand personality to comparable products. The
Company's  philosophy  is to  compete  in the  market  niches  not served by the
dominant  national  competition.  A significant  element of the Company's growth
strategy  is to  pursue  additional  strategic  acquisition  opportunities.  The
Company  plans to acquire  snack food  brands  that  provide  strategic  fit and
possess strong brand equity in a geographic region or channel of distribution in
order to expand,  complement or diversify the Company's  existing  business.  To
assist in this strategy,  the Company has retained  Stifel,  Nicolaus & Company,
Incorporated  ("Stifel"),  a regional  investment banking and brokerage firm, as
the  Company's  financial  advisor to assist  the  Company  in  connection  with
strategic acquisitions. The Company also plans to increase sales of its existing
products,  increase  distribution  and  merchandising  revenues  and continue to
improve its manufacturing capacity utilization. See "BUSINESS STRATEGY."

     The Company's  executive offices are located at 3500 South La Cometa Drive,
Goodyear, Arizona 85338, and its telephone number is (623) 932-6200.

RISK FACTORS

     BRIEF OPERATING HISTORY;  SIGNIFICANT LOSSES TO DATE;  ACCUMULATED DEFICIT.
Although certain of the Company's  subsidiaries have operated for several years,
the Company as a whole has a relatively  brief  operating  history upon which an
evaluation  of its  prospects  can be made.  Such  prospects  are subject to the
substantial  risks,  expenses and  difficulties  frequently  encountered  in the
establishment and growth of a new business in the snack food industry,  which is

                                       2
<PAGE>
characterized   by  a  significant   number  of  market   entrants  and  intense
competition.  The Company had significant operating losses prior to fiscal 1999.
The Company  incurred net losses of $3,034,097 and $874,091 for the fiscal years
ended  December 31, 1997 and 1998,  respectively,  and net income for the fiscal
year ended  December 31, 1999 of $74,240.  At December 31, 1999, the Company had
an accumulated  deficit of $6,261,784 and net working  capital of $780,086.  See
"ITEM 6.  MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF  OPERATIONS  AND
FINANCIAL CONDITION."

     Even  if  the  Company  is  successful  in  making   additional   strategic
acquisitions, increasing distribution and sales volume of the Company's existing
products and  developing new products,  it may be expected to incur  substantial
additional  expenses,  including  integration  costs of recently  completed  and
future acquisitions,  advertising and promotional costs, and "slotting" expenses
(i.e.,   the  cost  of  obtaining  shelf  space  in  certain  grocery   stores).
Accordingly,  the Company may incur additional  losses in the future as a result
of the  implementation  of the  Company's  business  strategy,  even if revenues
increase  significantly.  There can be no assurance that the Company's  business
strategy  will prove  successful  or that the Company will be  profitable in the
future.

     NEED FOR  ADDITIONAL  FINANCING.  A  significant  element of the  Company's
business strategy is the pursuit of selected strategic acquisition opportunities
for the purpose of expanding,  complementing  and/or  diversifying the Company's
business.  In connection with the acquisition of the business and certain assets
of Tejas Snacks,  L.P.  ("Tejas") in November 1998, the Company needed to borrow
funds from Wells Fargo  Business  Credit,  Inc.  (hereinafter  "Wells Fargo" and
formerly  Norwest  Business  Credit,  Inc.)  pursuant  to a Credit and  Security
Agreement (the "Wells Fargo Credit Agreement"), in order to satisfy a portion of
the cash  consideration  payable to Tejas.  The Wells Fargo Credit Agreement was
paid in full on October 7, 1999 in connection with the Wabash Foods  acquisition
and related U.S.  Bancorp Republic  Commercial  Finance,  Inc. ("U.S.  Bancorp")
financing.   See  "BUSINESS  --  COMPANY  HISTORY"  and  "ITEM  6.  MANAGEMENT'S
DISCUSSION  AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF  OPERATIONS  AND  FINANCIAL  CONDITION --
LIQUIDITY  AND CAPITAL  RESOURCES."  It is likely that in the future the Company
will require funds in excess of cash flow generated from  operations in order to
consummate  any additional  acquisitions  involving  cash  consideration  to the
sellers.  Any such funds  would most  likely be  obtained  through  third  party
financing (debt or equity). In addition, the Company may, in the future, require
third party financing (debt or equity) as a result of continued operating losses
or expansion of the Company's business through  non-acquisition means. There can
be no  assurance  that any such  required  financing  will be  available  or, if
available,  on terms  attractive  to the  Company.  Any  third  party  financing
obtained by the Company  may result in dilution of the equity  interests  of the
Company's shareholders.

     RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ACQUISITIONS.  A significant element of the Company's
business strategy is the pursuit of selected strategic acquisition opportunities
for the purpose of expanding,  complementing  and/or  diversifying the Company's
business;  however,  no assurance  can be given that the Company will be able to
identify,  finance and complete additional  suitable  acquisitions on acceptable
terms,  or that future  acquisitions,  if  completed,  will be  successful.  The
Company's recently completed  acquisition of Wabash Foods, as well as any future
acquisitions,  could divert management's  attention from the daily operations of
the  Company  and  otherwise  require  additional  management,  operational  and
financial  resources.  Moreover,  there is no assurance  that the Company  would
successfully  integrate  acquired  companies or their  management teams into the
Company's operating structure,  retain management teams of acquired companies on
a long-term basis, or operate acquired  companies  profitably.  Acquisitions may
also involve a number of other risks,  including adverse  short-term  effects on
the  Company's  operating  results,  dependence  on retaining  key personnel and
customers, amortization of acquired intangible assets, and risks associated with
unanticipated liabilities or contingencies.

     LEVERAGE;  FINANCIAL  COVENANTS  PURSUANT TO 9% CONVERTIBLE  DEBENTURES AND
PURSUANT  TO  U.S.  BANCORP  CREDIT  AGREEMENT;  NON-COMPLIANCE  WITH  FINANCIAL
COVENANTS AND POSSIBLE  ACCELERATION OF INDEBTEDNESS.  At December 31, 1999, the
Company had  outstanding  9%  Convertible  Debentures  due July 1, 2002 (the "9%
Convertible  Debentures")  in the aggregate  principal  amount of $1,370,067 and
outstanding  indebtedness  under  the  U.S.  Bancorp  Credit  Agreement  in  the
aggregate  principal  amount  of  $8,172,579.  The  indebtedness  under  the  9%
Convertible  Debentures  and the U.S.  Bancorp  Credit  Agreement  is secured by
substantially  all of the  Company's  assets.  The Company is required to comply
with certain  financial  covenants  pursuant to the loan  agreement  pursuant to
which the 9% Convertible Debentures were issued (the "Debenture Loan Agreement")
so long as the 9%  Convertible  Debentures are  outstanding  and pursuant to the
U.S. Bancorp Credit Agreement so long as borrowings from U.S. Bancorp thereunder
remain  outstanding.  Should  the  Company  be in  default  under  any  of  such
covenants,  the holders of the 9% Convertible  Debentures and U.S.  Bancorp,  as
applicable,  shall have the right,  upon written notice and after the expiration
of any  applicable  period  during  which such  default may be cured,  to demand
immediate  payment of all of the then  unpaid  principal  and accrued but unpaid
interest  under the 9%  Convertible  Debentures or pursuant to the U.S.  Bancorp

                                       3
<PAGE>
Credit  Agreement,  respectively.  At  December  31,  1999,  the  Company was in
compliance  with all  financial  covenants  under the Debenture  Loan  Agreement
(including  working capital,  minimum  shareholders'  equity,  current ratio and
interest coverage requirements) and the U.S. Bancorp Credit Agreement (including
minimum  annual  operating  results,  minimum  fixed  charge  coverage,  minimum
tangible  capital  basis,  minimum  cash flow  coverage and minimum debt service
coverage  requirements).  There can be no assurance  that the Company will be in
compliance with the financial  covenants in the future.  Any acceleration of the
9%  Convertible  Debentures  or the  borrowings  under the U.S.  Bancorp  Credit
Agreement prior to their  respective  maturities  could have a material  adverse
effect upon the Company.  See "ITEM 6.  MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION--LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES."

     VOLATILITY OF MARKET PRICE OF COMMON STOCK.  The market price of the Common
Stock has  experienced  a high level of volatility  since the  completion of the
Company's initial public offering in December 1996.  Commencing with an offering
price of $3.50 per share in the initial public offering, the market price of the
Common Stock  experienced  a  substantial  decline,  reaching a low of $0.50 per
share  (based on last  reported  sale  price of the  Common  Stock on the NASDAQ
SmallCap  Market) on December 22, 1998.  During fiscal 1999, the market price of
the Common Stock (based on last  reported  sale price of the Common Stock on the
Nasdaq SmallCap  Market) ranged from a high of $1.69 per share to a low of $0.56
per share.  The last  reported  sales  price of the  Common  Stock on the Nasdaq
SmallCap Market on March 24, 2000 was $1.78 per share. There can be no assurance
as to the  future  market  price  of  the  Common  Stock.  See  "NASDAQ  LISTING
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS."

     COMPLIANCE WITH NASDAQ LISTING MAINTENANCE  REQUIREMENTS.  In order for the
Company's  Common Stock to continue to be listed on the Nasdaq SmallCap  Market,
the Company is required  to be in  compliance  with  certain  continued  listing
standards.  One of such  requirements is that the bid price of listed securities
be equal to or greater than $1.00. As of November 9, 1998, the closing bid price
of the  Company's  Common  Stock had  remained  below $1.00 per share for thirty
consecutive  trading days. As a result,  the Company  received a notice from the
Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. ("Nasdaq") that the Company was not in compliance with
the closing bid price  requirements for continued listing of the Common Stock on
the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market and that such Common Stock would be de-listed after
February  15,  1999 if the  closing  bid price was not equal to or greater  than
$1.00 per share for a period of at least ten consecutive trading days during the
ninety-day  period ending  February 15, 1999.  On February 9, 1999,  the Company
submitted  to Nasdaq a request  for a hearing  to  discuss  the  possibility  of
obtaining an extension of such ninety-day  period. The Company's hearing request
was granted by Nasdaq and a hearing was held on April 16, 1999.  The  de-listing
of the  Common  Stock was stayed  pending a  determination  by Nasdaq  after the
hearing.  On October  19,  1999,  the  Company  was  notified  by Nasdaq  that a
determination  had been made to permit the Company's Common Stock to continue to
be listed on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market.  The  determination  was based upon the
Company's  compliance with the Nasdaq closing bid price requirement of $1.00 per
share and the satisfaction by the Company of various information  requests.  If,
in the future,  the Company's  Common Stock fails to be in  compliance  with the
minimum closing bid price  requirement for at least thirty  consecutive  trading
days or the Company  fails to be in compliance  with any other Nasdaq  continued
listing  requirements,  then the Common Stock could be de-listed from the Nasdaq
SmallCap Market. Upon any such de-listing,  trading, if any, in the Common Stock
would  thereafter be conducted in the  over-the-counter  market on the so-called
"pink sheets" or the "Electronic  Bulletin Board" of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").  As a consequence of any such de-listing,  an
investor  could  find it more  difficult  to dispose  of, or to obtain  accurate
quotations as to the price of, the Company's  Common Stock.  See  "VOLATILITY OF
MARKET PRICE OF COMMON STOCK".

     COMPETITION.  The market for salty snack  foods,  such as those sold by the
Company, including potato chips, tortilla chips, dips, pretzels and meat snacks,
is large and intensely competitive.  Competitive factors in the salty snack food

                                       4
<PAGE>
industry  include  product quality and taste,  brand awareness among  consumers,
access to supermarket shelf space, price, advertising and promotion,  variety of
snacks offered,  nutritional content,  product packaging and package design. The
Company competes in that market  principally on the basis of product quality and
taste.

     The snack food industry is primarily  dominated by Frito-Lay,  Inc.,  which
has  substantially  greater  financial and other  resources than the Company and
sells brands that are more widely  recognized  than are the Company's  products.
Numerous  other  companies  that are  actual  or  potential  competitors  of the
Company,  many with  greater  financial  and  other  resources  (including  more
employees  and more  extensive  facilities)  than the  Company,  offer  products
similar to those of the Company.  In addition,  many of such competitors offer a
wider  range of products  than that  offered by the  Company.  Local or regional
markets often have  significant  smaller  competitors,  many of whom offer batch
fried products similar to those of the Company.  Expansion of Company operations
into new markets has and will continue to encounter significant competition from
national,  regional  and  local  competitors  that  may  be  greater  than  that
encountered  by  the  Company  in  its  existing  markets.  In  addition,   such
competitors may challenge the Company's position in its existing markets.  While
the Company  believes that its products and methods of operation  will enable it
to compete successfully, there can be no assurance of its ability to do so.

     PROMOTIONAL  AND SHELF SPACE COSTS.  Successful  marketing of food products
generally  depends  upon  obtaining  adequate  retail  shelf  space for  product
display,  particularly  in  supermarkets.  Frequently,  food  manufacturers  and
distributors,  such as the Company,  incur  additional  costs in order to obtain
additional  shelf  space.  Whether  or not the  Company  incurs  such costs in a
particular  market is  dependent  upon a number of factors,  including  existing
demand for the  Company's  products,  relative  availability  of shelf space and
general competitive conditions. The Company may incur significant shelf space or
other promotional costs as a necessary condition of entering into competition in
particular markets or stores. If incurred,  such costs may materially affect the
Company's financial performance.

     NO  ASSURANCE  OF CONSUMER  ACCEPTANCE  OF  COMPANY'S  EXISTING  AND FUTURE
PRODUCTS.  Consumer preferences for snack foods are continually changing and are
extremely difficult to predict. The ability of the Company to develop successful
operations  in new  markets  will depend upon  customer  acceptance  of, and the
Company's ability to manufacture,  its products.  There can be no assurance that
the Company's  products will achieve a significant  degree of market acceptance,
that acceptance,  if achieved,  will be sustained for any significant  period or
that  product  life cycles will be  sufficient  to permit the Company to recover
start-up and other associated costs. In addition, there can be no assurance that
the Company will succeed in the  development of any new products or that any new
products  developed by the Company will achieve  market  acceptance  or generate
meaningful revenue for the Company.

     UNCERTAINTIES AND RISKS OF FOOD PRODUCT INDUSTRY. The food product industry
in which the Company is engaged is subject to numerous  uncertainties  and risks
outside of the Company's control.  Profitability in the food product industry is
subject  to  adverse  changes  in  general  business  and  economic  conditions,
oversupply  of  certain  food  products  at the  wholesale  and  retail  levels,
seasonality,  the risk that a food  product  may be banned or its use limited or
declared unhealthful, the risk that product tampering may occur that may require
a recall of one or more of the Company's products,  and the risk that sales of a
food product may decline due to perceived health  concerns,  changes in consumer
tastes or other reasons beyond the control of the Company.

     FLUCTUATIONS  IN  PRICES  OF  SUPPLIES;  DEPENDENCE  UPON  AVAILABILITY  OF
SUPPLIES AND  PERFORMANCE OF SUPPLIERS.  The Company's  manufacturing  costs are
subject to fluctuations in the prices of potatoes,  potato flakes,  wheat flour,
corn and oil, as well as other ingredients of the Company's products.  Potatoes,
potato flakes, wheat flour and corn are widely available year-round. The Company
uses a  variety  of oils in the  production  of its  products.  The  Company  is
dependent on its suppliers to provide the Company with products and  ingredients
in adequate supply and on a timely basis. Although the Company believes that its
requirements  for products and ingredients are readily  available,  and that its
business success is not dependent on any single supplier, the failure of certain
suppliers to meet the Company's performance specifications, quality standards or
delivery  schedules  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Company's
operations.  In particular,  a sudden scarcity, a substantial price increase, or
an unavailability of product  ingredients could materially  adversely affect the
Company's  operations.  There can be no assurance that  alternative  ingredients
would be available when needed and on commercially attractive terms, if at all.

     LACK OF  PROPRIETARY  MANUFACTURING  METHODS FOR CERTAIN  PRODUCTS;  FUTURE
EXPIRATION OF PATENTED TECHNOLOGY LICENSED BY THE COMPANY. The taste and quality
of Poore  Brothers(R) and Bob's Texas Style(R) brand potato chips is largely due
to two elements of the Company's  manufacturing process: its use of batch frying
and its use of  distinctive  seasonings  to  produce a variety of  flavors.  The

                                       5
<PAGE>
Company  does  not  have  exclusive   rights  to  the  use  of  either  element;
consequently,   competitors  may  incorporate   such  elements  into  their  own
processes.

     The Company licenses  patented  technology from a third party in connection
with the manufacture of its Tato Skins(R),  Pizzarias(R) and O'Boisies(R)  brand
products, and has an exclusive right to use such technology within North America
until the patents  expire  between  2004 and 2006.  Upon the  expiration  of the
patents,  competitors  of the Company,  certain of which may have  significantly
greater resources than the Company,  may utilize the patented  technology in the
manufacture of products that are similar to those currently  manufactured by the
Company with such patented  technology.  The entry of any such products into the
marketplace  could have a  material  adverse  effect on sales of Tato  Skins(R),
Pizzarias(R) and O'Boisies(R) brand products by the Company.

     DEPENDENCE UPON MAJOR  CUSTOMERS.  One customer of the Company,  Fry's Food
Stores (a subsidiary of Kroger,  Inc.),  accounted for 14% of the Company's 1999
net sales,  with the  remainder of the  Company's  net sales being  derived from
sales to a limited  number of additional  customers,  either  grocery  chains or
regional distributors, none of which individually accounted for more than 10% of
the  Company's  sales for 1999.  A decision  by any major  customer  to cease or
substantially  reduce its purchases could have a material  adverse effect on the
Company's business.

     RELIANCE ON KEY EMPLOYEES; NON-COMPETE AGREEMENTS. The Company's success is
dependent in large part upon the  abilities of its officers,  including  Eric J.
Kufel,   President   and  Chief   Executive   Officer,   Glen  E.  Flook,   Vice
President-Manufacturing,   and  Thomas  W.  Freeze,  Vice  President  and  Chief
Financial Officer.  The inability of the officers to perform their duties or the
inability of the Company to attract and retain other highly qualified  personnel
could have a material adverse effect upon the Company's  business and prospects.
The Company does not maintain, nor does it currently contemplate obtaining, "key
man" life  insurance  with  respect to such  employees.  The  employment  of the
officers of the Company is on an "at-will"  basis.  The Company has  non-compete
agreements with all of its officers,  except Wendell T. Jones, Vice President of
Sales-Arizona. See "ITEM 9. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY."

     GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION.  The packaged food industry is subject to numerous
federal, state and local governmental  regulations,  including those relating to
the  preparation,  labeling  and  marketing  of food  products.  The  Company is
particularly  affected  by the  Nutrition  Labeling  and  Education  Act of 1990
("NLEA"),  which requires specified  nutritional  information to be disclosed on
all  packaged  foods.  The Company  believes  that the  labeling on its products
currently meets these requirements.  The Company does not believe that complying
with the NLEA  regulations  materially  increases  the  Company's  manufacturing
costs. There can be no assurance, however, that new laws or regulations will not
be passed that could  require the Company to alter the taste or  composition  of
its products. Such changes could affect sales of the Company's products and have
a material adverse effect on the Company.

     PRODUCT  LIABILITY CLAIMS. As a manufacturer and marketer of food products,
the Company may be subjected to various product liability  claims.  There can be
no assurance that the product liability insurance maintained by the Company will
be adequate to cover any loss or exposure  for product  liability,  or that such
insurance will continue to be available on terms acceptable to the Company.  Any
product  liability claim not fully covered by insurance,  as well as any adverse
publicity from a product  liability claim,  could have a material adverse effect
on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

     MAJOR  SHAREHOLDER;  POSSIBLE CHANGE IN CONTROL.  As a result of the Wabash
Foods  acquisition,  Capital Foods,  LLC ("Capital  Foods") (an affiliate of the
former  owner of Wabash  Foods)  became the single  largest  shareholder  of the
Company,  with  approximately  33% of the  outstanding  shares of  Common  Stock
(without giving effect to the possible exercise of a warrant to purchase 400,000
shares of Common Stock also held by Capital Foods).  Accordingly,  Capital Foods
is in a position to exercise a substantial influence on the business and affairs
of the  Company  and may be  deemed  (either  alone  or  together  with  Company
management)  to control the  Company.  Although  the Company is not aware of any
plans or  proposals on the part of Capital  Foods to recommend or undertake  any
material  change in the  management  or  business  of the  Company,  there is no
assurance  that  Capital  Foods  will not  adopt or  support  any such  plans or
proposals in the future.

                                       6
<PAGE>
     Apart from transfer restrictions arising under applicable provisions of the
securities  laws,  there are no  restrictions on the ability of Capital Foods to
transfer  any or all of its shares of Common  Stock at any time.  One or more of
such transfers could have the effect of  transferring  control of the Company to
one or more parties not currently known to the Company.

     Following  expiration of the required holding period (one year, in the case
of reliance upon the exemption  provided by Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act)
for the shares of Common Stock held by Capital  Foods,  Capital  Foods (or other
holder(s) of such  shares)  will be generally  free to resell any or all of such
shares without registration under the Securities Act. Such sales will be subject
to volume  limitations under Rule 144 only if Capital Foods or such other holder
is  deemed  an  "affiliate"  of the  Company  at or about  the time of resale or
resells shares prior to completion of a two-year  holding  period.  In addition,
Capital Foods or its transferees have certain  "piggyback"  registration  rights
which will permit such resales pursuant to an effective  registration  statement
under the  Securities  Act.  Depending  upon their  timing,  magnitude and other
factors,  such resales, or the possibility  thereof,  could adversely affect the
market price of the Common Stock.

     CERTAIN   ANTI-TAKEOVER   PROVISIONS.    The   Company's   Certificate   of
Incorporation  authorizes  the issuance of up to 50,000  shares of "blank check"
Preferred  Stock  with  such  designations,  rights  and  preferences  as may be
determined  from  time to time by the Board of  Directors  of the  Company.  The
Company  may  issue  such  shares  of  Preferred  Stock  in the  future  without
shareholder approval.  The rights of the holders of Common Stock will be subject
to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any Preferred
Stock that may be issued in the future.  The issuance of Preferred Stock,  while
providing  desirable  flexibility in connection with possible  acquisitions  and
other corporate  purposes,  could have the effect of  discouraging,  delaying or
preventing a change of control of the Company,  and preventing holders of Common
Stock from realizing a premium on their shares.  In addition,  under Section 203
of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"),  the Company is prohibited
from  engaging  in any  business  combination  (as defined in the DGCL) with any
interested  shareholder  (as defined in the DGCL) unless certain  conditions are
met. This statutory provision could also have an anti-takeover effect.

COMPANY HISTORY

     Messrs.  Donald  and James  Poore  (the  "Poore  Brothers")  founded  Poore
Brothers Foods,  Inc. ("PB Foods") in 1986 after  substantial  experience in the
potato  chip   industry.   The  Poore   Brothers  also  founded  Poore  Brothers
Distributing  in 1990 and  Poore  Brothers  of Texas  in  1991,  which  provided
distribution capabilities for the Company's Poore Brothers(R) brand products. In
1983, prior to the formation of PB Foods, the Poore Brothers  co-founded Groff's
of Texas,  Inc. (a  predecessor  business to Tejas,  previous owner of the Bob's
Texas  Style(R)  potato chip brand  acquired  by the Company in November  1998),
which also manufactured batch-fried potato chips.

     In May 1993,  Mark S.  Howells,  the  Company's  Chairman,  and  associated
individuals formed Poore Brothers  Southeast ("PB Southeast"),  which acquired a
license from PB Foods to manufacture  and  distribute  Poore  Brothers(R)  brand
products.  In 1994,  PB  Southeast  opened a  manufacturing  plant in  LaVergne,
Tennessee.

     In November  1994,  PB  Southeast  entered into a Purchase  Agreement  (the
"Purchase  Agreement")  with PB Foods,  the Poore  Brothers and Amelia E. Poore,
that provided for the  acquisition by PB Southeast of (i)  substantially  all of
the  assets,  subject to certain  liabilities,  of PB Foods;  (ii) a 100% equity
interest in PB Distributing; and (iii) an 80% equity interest in PB Texas, after
giving effect to a 32% equity  interest to be purchased from other  shareholders
of PB Texas not parties to the Purchase Agreement.  Thereafter,  the Company was
formed as a holding company and the rights and obligations of PB Southeast under
the  Purchase   Agreement  were  assigned  to  the  Company.   The  transactions
contemplated  by the  Purchase  Agreement  were  consummated  on May  31,  1995.
Subsequent  to the  acquisition  date,  the Company  acquired the  remaining 20%
equity interest in PB Texas. The aggregate purchase price paid by the Company in
connection with these transactions was $4,057,163,  $3,232,593 of which was paid
in cash,  $500,000 of which was payable pursuant to a five-year  promissory note
(that was repaid in January  1997) and the  remainder of which was  satisfied by
the issuance of 300,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock to the seller.  The
Purchase Agreement contains a non-compete covenant pursuant to which each of the
Poore  Brothers  agreed  not  to  compete  against  the  Company,   directly  or
indirectly, in various states for a five-year period expiring on May 31, 2000.

     Also in May 1995,  the  Company  entered  into an exchange  agreement  with
certain  shareholders of PB Southeast,  including Mark S. Howells and Jeffrey J.
Puglisi, a former director of the Company,  pursuant to which the Company agreed

                                       7
<PAGE>
to  acquire  from them more than 99% of the  outstanding  shares of the  capital
stock of PB Southeast,  in exchange for the issuance to them of 1,560,000 shares
of Common  Stock,  concurrently  with and  subject  to the  consummation  of the
closing under the Purchase  Agreement.  Such exchange was consummated on May 31,
1995.  The  remaining  shares of PB Southeast  were  purchased by the Company in
November 1998.

     In December 1996, the Company  completed an initial public  offering of its
Common Stock,  pursuant to which  2,250,000  shares of Common Stock were offered
and sold to the public at an offering price of $3.50 per share.  Of such shares,
1,882,652  shares were sold by the  Company and 367,348  shares were sold by the
holders of the 9% Convertible  Debentures  (Renaissance  Capital Growth & Equity
Income Fund III, Inc.  ("Renaissance  Capital")  and Wells Fargo Small  Business
Investment Company,  Inc. ("Wells Fargo"),  formerly Wells Fargo Equity Capital,
Inc.),  which  acquired such shares upon the  conversion  of $400,409  principal
amount  of the 9%  Convertible  Debentures.  The  initial  public  offering  was
underwritten by Paradise Valley Securities,  Inc. (the  "Underwriter").  The net
proceeds to the Company from the sale of the  1,882,652  shares of Common Stock,
after deducting  underwriting  discounts and commissions and the expenses of the
offering payable by the Company,  were approximately  $5,300,000.  On January 6,
1997,  337,500  additional  shares of Common Stock were sold by the Company upon
the exercise by the  Underwriter  of an  over-allotment  option granted to it in
connection  with  the  initial  public  offering.   After  deducting  applicable
underwriting  discounts  and  expenses,  the Company  received  net  proceeds of
approximately $1,000,000 from the sale of such additional shares.

     In 1997, the Company implemented a restructuring  program pursuant to which
a number of actions were taken in order to improve the Company's  cost structure
and provide greater strategic focus, including:

          (i)  On June 4, 1997, the Company sold the Houston, Texas distribution
               business  of PB Texas  (which  was  unprofitable  and  which  the
               Company viewed as having little  prospects for generating  future
               sales growth or profits) to Mr. David Hecht ("Hecht") pursuant to
               an Asset Purchase, Licensing and Distribution Agreement effective
               June 1, 1997. Under the agreement,  Hecht was sold certain assets
               of PB Texas (including inventory, vehicles and capital equipment)
               and  became  the  Company's  distributor  in the  Houston,  Texas
               market.

          (ii) In  September   1997,   the  Company   consolidated   its  entire
               manufacturing  operations into a newly constructed  60,000 square
               foot  manufacturing,  distribution and  headquarters  facility in
               Goodyear,  Arizona  and,  as a result,  the  Company  closed  its
               unprofitable  PB  Southeast  manufacturing  facility in LaVergne,
               Tennessee  on  September  30,  1997.  In  addition,  the  Company
               purchased new processing and packaging  equipment.  These actions
               were   taken  in  order  to   improve   the   Company's   overall
               manufacturing efficiency.

     On November 4, 1998,  the Company  acquired the business and certain assets
of Tejas,  a  Texas-based  potato  chip  manufacturer.  The  assets,  which were
acquired through a newly formed wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, Tejas PB
Distributing,  Inc.,  included  the Bob's Texas  Style(R)  potato  chips  brand,
inventories and certain capital  equipment.  In consideration  for these assets,
the Company issued 523,077 unregistered shares of Common Stock with a fair value
of $450,000 and paid  approximately  $1,180,000  in cash.  The Company  utilized
available  cash  as well as  funds  available  pursuant  to the  Norwest  Credit
Agreement to satisfy the cash portion of the  consideration.  In connection with
the  acquisition,  production  of Bob's Texas  Style(R)  brand  potato chips was
transferred to the Company's Goodyear, Arizona facility.

     On October 7, 1999, the Company  acquired Wabash Foods,  including the Tato
Skins(R),  O'Boisies(R),  and Pizzarias(R) trademarks, and assumed all of Wabash
Foods'  liabilities.  The Company  acquired all of the  membership  interests of
Wabash  Foods from Pate Foods  Corporation  in exchange  for the issuance by the
Company to Pate Foods Corporation of (i) 4,400,000 unregistered shares of Common
Stock,  and (ii) a warrant to  purchase  400,000  unregistered  shares of Common
Stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.  The warrant has a five-year term
and  is  immediately   exercisable.   Wabash  Foods'  products  continue  to  be
manufactured by the Company at its leased Bluffton, Indiana facility.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

     The Company's business objective is to be a leading regional  manufacturer,
marketer and  distributor of premium branded and private label salty snack foods
by providing high quality  products at  competitive  prices that are superior in

                                       8
<PAGE>
taste, texture, flavor variety and brand personality to comparable products. The
Company's  philosophy  is to  compete  in the  market  niches  not served by the
dominant  national   competition.   The  Company  plans  to  achieve  growth  in
manufactured  product  sales by  acquiring  other  snack food brands and growing
existing products.  In addition,  the Company plans to increase distribution and
merchandising  revenues,  and  continue  to improve its  manufacturing  capacity
utilization.  The primary  elements of the  Company's  business  strategy are as
follows:

          PURSUE  STRATEGIC  ACQUISITIONS IN THE BRANDED SNACK FOOD CATEGORY.  A
     significant   element  of  the  Company's  growth  strategy  is  to  pursue
     additional strategic  acquisition  opportunities.  The Company's plan is to
     acquire unique snack food brands or distribution that provide strategic fit
     and  possess  strong  brand  equity in a  geographic  region or  channel of
     distribution  in order to expand,  complement  or diversify  the  Company's
     business.  The  acquisitions  of the Tejas and Wabash Foods  businesses  in
     November  1998 and  October  1999,  respectively,  were two such  strategic
     acquisitions.  The Company is continuing to search for other companies with
     strong, differentiated snack food brands and distribution.  The Company has
     retained Stifel,  Nicolaus & Company,  Incorporated,  a regional investment
     banking and brokerage  firm, as the Company's  financial  advisor to assist
     the Company in the pursuit of strategic acquisitions.

          BUILD BRANDED AND PRIVATE LABEL SNACK FOOD SALES. The Company plans to
     build the market share of its products through  continued trade advertising
     and promotion activity in selected markets and channels,  as well as by new
     product innovations.  Marketing efforts include,  among other things, joint
     advertising  with  distributors,   supermarkets  and  other  manufacturers,
     in-store   advertisements  and  in-store  displays.  The  Company  is  also
     participating in selected event  sponsorships  and marketing  relationships
     with the Arizona  Diamondbacks  baseball team and other professional sports
     franchises.  The Company believes that these events offer  opportunities to
     conduct mass  sampling to motivate  consumers to try its branded  products.
     Opportunities  to  achieve  new  or  expanded   distribution  in  alternate
     channels,  such as airlines and the national vend channel, will continue to
     be targeted.  In addition,  the Company plans to re-launch the Wabash Foods
     brands with new packaging for the retail grocery and club channel products.

          In 1999,  the Company  expanded its Arizona  batch-frying  capacity by
     40%, and its Indiana facility is operating at approximately fifteen percent
     of its capacity.  The Company  believes  that  additional  improvements  to
     manufactured   products'   gross  profit  margins  are  possible  with  the
     achievement  of the  business  strategies  discussed  above.  Depending  on
     product mix, the existing  manufacturing  facilities could produce,  in the
     aggregate,  up to three times the current volume and thereby further reduce
     manufacturing product costs.

          The Company currently has arrangements with three California and three
     Arizona grocery chains for the manufacture and  distribution by the Company
     of their  respective  private  label  potato  chips,  in various  types and
     flavors as  specified  by them.  The  Company  also has  arrangements  with
     several  snack  food  manufacturers  to  produce  products  for them at its
     Indiana  facility.  The Company grew its private  label  revenues by 60% in
     both 1998 and 1999 and believes that contract  manufacturing  opportunities
     exist.  While  they are  extremely  price  competitive  and can be short in
     duration,  the Company believes that they provide a profitable  opportunity
     for the Company to improve the capacity utilization of its facilities.  The
     Company intends to seek additional private label customers located near its
     facilities who demand superior product quality at a reasonable price.

          INCREASE DISTRIBUTION AND MERCHANDISING REVENUES. The Company believes
     that its Arizona distribution  operation provides it with a key competitive
     advantage in its home market.  The Company  plans to grow its Arizona snack
     food  distribution  business  by  growing  its stable of core  brands.  The
     Company  believes  that an  opportunity  also exists to grow the  Company's
     Texas   merchandising   business  through  additional  product  lines.  The
     merchandising  operation offers retailers and manufacturers  cost effective
     merchandising support for their products in south/central Texas.

PRODUCTS

     MANUFACTURED SNACK FOOD PRODUCTS. Poore Brothers(R) brand potato chips were
first introduced by the Poore Brothers in 1986 and in November 1998, the Company
acquired the Bob's Texas  Style(R)  potato  chips  brand.  Both brands of potato
chips  are  marketed  by  the  Company  as a  premium  product  based  on  their
distinctive  combination of cooking  method and variety of distinctive  flavors.
The  potato  chips  are  produced  in ten  flavors:  Original,  Salt &  Vinegar,
Jalapeno,  Barbecue,  Parmesan & Garlic,  Cajun,  Dill Pickle,  Grilled  Steak &
Onion,  Habanero and  Unsalted.  Poore  Brothers(R)  potato chips are  currently
offered in all flavors  and Bob's  Texas  Style(R)  potato  chips are  currently
offered in seven of such flavors.

                                       9
<PAGE>
     The  Company  currently  has  agreements  with three  California  and three
Arizona grocery chains pursuant to which the Company  produces their  respective
private  label potato chips in the styles and flavors  specified by such grocery
chains.

     The Company produces Tato Skins(R) brand potato crisps,  Pizzarias(R) brand
pizza chips and O'Boisies(R) brand potato crisps utilizing a sheeting and frying
process that includes patented technology  utilized by the Company.  The Company
licenses the technology from a third party and has an exclusive right to use the
technology  within North America until the patents expire between 2004 and 2006.
See "PATENTS AND  TRADEMARKS."  Tato Skins(R) brand potato crisps are offered in
three  flavors:  Baked Potato,  Cheese n' Bacon and Sour Cream n' Onion flavors.
Pizzarias(R) brand pizza chips are offered in three flavors: Supreme,  Pepperoni
and Cheese  flavors.  O'Boisies  (R) brand  potato  crisps are  offered in three
flavors:  Original,  Sour Cream and Onion and Cheddar flavors.  The Company also
produces  pretzels  and tortilla  chips on a private  label basis for snack food
manufacturers.

     DISTRIBUTED   SNACK  FOOD  PRODUCTS.   Through  its  Arizona   distribution
subsidiary,  Poore  Brothers  Distributing,  the Company  purchases  and resells
throughout  Arizona snack food products  manufactured  by others.  Such products
include pretzels,  tortilla chips, dips,  crackers and meat snacks.  Through its
Texas  subsidiary,  Tejas PB  Distributing,  Inc.  ("Tejas  Distributing"),  the
Company merchandises,  but does not purchase and resell, snack food products for
a major grocery  retailer in  south/central  Texas. In addition to the Company's
Bob's Texas  Style(R)  brand  products,  Tejas  Distributing  merchandises  such
products as private  label potato  chips,  tortilla  chips,  pretzels and cheese
puffs manufactured by other companies.

MANUFACTURING

     The Company believes that a key element of the success to date of the Poore
Brothers(R)  and Bob's Texas  Style(R) brand potato chips has been the Company's
use of certain  cooking  techniques  and key  ingredients  in the  manufacturing
process to produce potato chips with improved flavor. These techniques currently
involve two elements:  the Company's use of a batch-frying process for its brand
name products,  as opposed to the  conventional  continuous line cooking method,
and the Company's  use of  distinctive  seasonings to produce  potato chips in a
variety of flavors.  Although it produces less volume, the Company believes that
its  batch-frying  process is superior to  conventional  continuous line cooking
methods  because it enhances  crispness and flavor through  greater control over
temperature and other cooking conditions.

     In  September  1997,  the  Company  consolidated  all of its  manufacturing
operations  into its present  facility  in  Goodyear,  Arizona,  which was newly
constructed at the time. In 1999, the Company purchased and installed additional
batch-frying  equipment.  The  Goodyear  facility  has the  capacity  to produce
approximately  3,500 pounds of potato chips per hour, with  approximately  1,400
pounds of such  capacity used to batch fry the  Company's  branded  products and
2,100 pounds of such capacity used to continuous fry the Company's private label
products.  The Company owns additional  batch-frying equipment which, if needed,
could be installed without significant time or cost.

     The Company  believes that a key element of the success to date of the Tato
Skins(R),  Pizzarias(R)  and  O'Boisies(R)  brand  products  has been its use of
manufacturing  techniques and key  ingredients in the  manufacturing  process to
produce  snacks  with  unique  shapes,  texture  and  flavor.  These  techniques
currently involve two elements: the Company's use of sheeting and frying and the
Company's use of  distinctive  seasonings to produce snack chips in a variety of
flavors. In April 1998, Wabash Foods began operations utilizing the facility and
equipment  formerly owned and operated by the O'Boisie  Corporation in Bluffton,
Indiana. In connection therewith, Wabash Foods negotiated a 20-year lease on the
manufacturing facility that was utilized by O'Boisie Corporation.  The Bluffton,
Indiana  facility has the capacity to produce over 11,000  pounds of product per
hour. Such capacity  includes three fryer lines that can produce an aggregate of
approximately  7,800  pounds  per  hour  of  Tato  Skins(R),   O'Boisies(R)  and
Pizzarias(R),   and  four  pretzel  ovens  that  can  produce  an  aggregate  of
approximately 3,520 pounds of pretzels per hour. Currently, the Indiana facility
is operating at approximately 15% of capacity.

     There can be no assurance that the Company will obtain sufficient  business
to recoup the costs of its investment in its manufacturing facilities. See "ITEM
2. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY."

                                       10
<PAGE>
MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION

     The Company's  products are  distributed  by a select group of  independent
distributors.  Poore  Brothers(R)  brand  potato  chip  products  have  achieved
significant market presence in Arizona, New Mexico, Southern California, Hawaii,
Denver,  Colorado, St. Louis, Missouri and Grand Rapids, Michigan. The Company's
Bob's Texas Style(R) brand potato chip products have achieved significant market
presence in south/central Texas,  including Houston, San Antonio and Austin. The
Company's Tato Skins(R),  Pizzarias(R) and O'Boisies(R) snack food products have
achieved  significant  market presence in the vending channel nationwide through
an independent network of brokers and distributors,  particularly in the midwest
and eastern regions. The Company attributes the success of its products in these
markets to consumer loyalty.  The Company believes this loyalty results from the
products' differentiated taste, texture and flavor variety which result from its
manufacturing  processes. The Company sells its Poore Brothers(R) brand products
primarily  in the  southwest,  but also in  targeted  markets in the western and
midwest United States.  Substantially  all of the Company's Bob's Texas Style(R)
products are sold in south/central Texas.

     The Company's Arizona  distribution  business operates  throughout Arizona,
with 35  independently  operated  service  routes.  Each route is operated by an
independent  distributor who  merchandises as many as 100 items at major grocery
store chains in Arizona, such as Albertson's, ABCO, Basha's, Fry's, Safeway, and
Fred Myers  stores.  In addition to  servicing  major  supermarket  chains,  the
Company's  distributors  service many  independent  grocery stores,  club stores
(including  Price/Costco  and SAM's Club),  and military  facilities  throughout
Arizona.   In  addition  to  Poore  Brothers(R)  brand  products,   the  Company
distributes  throughout  Arizona a wide variety of snack food items manufactured
by other companies,  including  pretzels,  tortilla chips,  cheese puffs,  dips,
crackers and meat snacks.

     Through  its  Texas  subsidiary,   Tejas  PB  Distributing,   Inc.  ("Tejas
Distributing"),  the Company  merchandises,  but does not  purchase  and resell,
snack food  products for a major grocery  retailer in  south/central  Texas.  In
addition  to  the  Company's   Bob's  Texas  Style(R)  brand   products,   Tejas
Distributing  merchandises such products as private label potato chips, tortilla
chips, pretzels and cheese puffs manufactured by other companies.

     Outside of Arizona and  south/central  Texas,  the Company  selects vending
brokers and retail  distributors to distribute its branded products primarily on
the  basis of  quality  of  service,  call  frequency  on  customers,  financial
capability  and   relationships   they  have  with   supermarkets   and  vending
distributors,  including  access to "shelf space" for snack food. As of December
31, 1999, the Company had  arrangements  with over 50  distributors  and brokers
covering a number of major cities,  including Honolulu,  San Diego, Los Angeles,
Las Vegas, Denver,  Albuquerque, El Paso, San Antonio, Houston, Dallas, Wichita,
Kansas City, St. Louis, Cincinnati, Chicago, Philadelphia and Grand Rapids.

     Successful  marketing of the  Company's  products  depends,  in part,  upon
obtaining  adequate shelf space for such products,  particularly in supermarkets
and vending machines.  Frequently, the Company incurs additional marketing costs
in order to obtain  additional  shelf  space.  Whether or not the  Company  will
continue to incur such costs in the future will depend upon a number of factors,
including existing demand for the Company's products,  relative  availability of
shelf  space  and  general  competitive   conditions.   The  Company  may  incur
significant shelf space or other  promotional costs as a necessary  condition of
entering into  competition in particular  markets or stores.  Any such costs may
materially affect the Company's financial performance.

     The Company's marketing programs are designed to increase product trial and
build brand awareness in core markets.  Most of the Company's marketing spending
is focused on trade  advertising  and trade  promotions  designed to attract new
consumers to the products at a reduced  retail price.  The  Company's  marketing
programs also include  selective  event  sponsorship  designed to increase brand
awareness  and  to  provide  opportunities  to  mass  sample  branded  products.
Sponsorship of the Arizona Diamondbacks and Phoenix Coyotes typify the Company's
efforts  to reach  targeted  consumers  and  provide  them  with a sample of the
Company's products to encourage new and repeat purchases.

SUPPLIERS

     The  principal  raw  materials  used by the  Company are  potatoes,  potato
flakes, wheat flour, corn, oil and packaging material. The Company believes that
the raw  materials it needs to produce its products are readily  available  from
numerous suppliers on commercially  reasonable terms.  Potatoes,  potato flakes,
wheat flour and corn are widely available year-round. The Company uses a variety
of  oils  in the  production  of its  products  and the  Company  believes  that

                                       11
<PAGE>
alternative  sources for such oils,  as well as  alternative  oils,  are readily
abundant and available. The Company also uses seasonings and packaging materials
in its manufacturing process.

     The Company chooses its suppliers  based  primarily on price,  availability
and  quality and does not have any  long-term  arrangements  with any  supplier.
Although the Company  believes that its required  products and  ingredients  are
readily available,  and that its business success is not dependent on any single
supplier,  the failure of certain  suppliers to meet the  Company's  performance
specifications,  quality  standards or delivery  schedules could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's operations.  In particular, a sudden scarcity, a
substantial price increase,  or an  unavailability of product  ingredients could
materially adversely affect the Company's operations.  There can be no assurance
that alternative  ingredients would be available when needed and on commercially
attractive terms, if at all.

CUSTOMERS

     One customer of the  Company,  Fry's Food Stores (a  subsidiary  of Kroger,
Inc.),  accounted for 14% of the Company's 1999 net sales.  The remainder of the
Company's  revenues  were derived from sales to a limited  number of  additional
customers,  either  grocery  chains  or  regional  distributors,  none of  which
individually  accounted  for more  than 10% of the  Company's  sales in 1999.  A
decision  by any of the  Company's  major  customers  to cease or  substantially
reduce their  purchases  could have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's
business.

MARKET OVERVIEW AND COMPETITION

     According to the Snack Food Association  ("SFA"), the U.S. market for salty
snack foods  reached  $18.2 billion at retail in 1998 (the latest year for which
data is available) with potato chips, tortilla chips and pretzels accounting for
approximately  52% of the  market,  and  popcorn,  nuts,  meat  snacks and other
products accounting for the balance.  Total salted snack sales, in dollar terms,
increased every year during the from 1990 through 1998, ranging from an increase
of 8.5% (in 1997) to 0.3% (in 1995),  with a 1998 increase of 7.3%. Potato chip,
tortilla chips and pretzel  combined sales have similarly  increased,  with 1998
retail sales of $9.4 billion, an 8.1% increase over 1997 sales of $8.7 billion.

     The Company's  products compete  generally against other salty snack foods,
including  potato  chips,  tortilla  chips and  pretzels.  The salty  snack food
industry  is  large  and  highly  competitive  and  is  dominated  primarily  by
Frito-Lay,  Inc.,  a  subsidiary  of PepsiCo,  Inc.  Frito-Lay,  Inc.  possesses
substantially greater financial, production,  marketing,  distribution and other
resources than the Company and brands that are more widely  recognized  than the
Company's  products.  Numerous  other  companies  that are  actual or  potential
competitors  of the Company,  many with greater  financial  and other  resources
(including more employees and more extensive facilities) than the Company, offer
products similar to those of the Company. In addition,  many of such competitors
offer a wider range of products  than offered by the Company.  Local or regional
markets often have significant smaller competitors,  many of whom offer products
similar to those of the Company.  Expansion of the Company's operations into new
markets  has  and  will  continue  to  encounter  significant  competition  from
national,  regional  and  local  competitors  that  may  be  greater  than  that
encountered  by  the  Company  in  its  existing  markets.  In  addition,   such
competitors may challenge the Company's position in its existing markets.  While
the Company believes that its specialized products and methods of operation will
enable it to compete  successfully,  there can be no assurance of its ability to
do so.

     The  principal  competitive  factors  affecting the market of the Company's
products  include  product quality and taste,  brand awareness among  consumers,
access to shelf  space,  price,  advertising  and  promotion,  variety of snacks
offered,  nutritional content, product packaging and package design. The Company
competes in the market principally on the basis of product quality and taste.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

     The manufacture,  labeling and  distribution of the Company's  products are
subject to the rules and regulations of various federal,  state and local health
agencies,  including the FDA. In May 1994, regulations under the NLEA concerning
labeling of food products,  including permissible use of nutritional claims such
as "fat-free" and "low-fat," became effective. The Company is complying with the
NLEA  regulations and closely  monitors the fat content of its products  through
various  testing and quality  control  procedures.  The Company does not believe
that compliance  with the NLEA  regulations  materially  increases the Company's
manufacturing costs. There can be no assurance that new laws or regulations will

                                       12
<PAGE>
not be passed that could  require the Company to alter the taste or  composition
of its products.  Such changes could affect sales of the Company's  products and
have a material adverse effect on the Company.

     In addition to laws relating to food products, the Company's operations are
governed by laws relating to environmental matters,  workplace safety and worker
health, principally the Occupational Safety and Health Act. The Company believes
that  it  presently  complies  in all  material  respects  with  such  laws  and
regulations.

EMPLOYEES

     As of December 31, 1999, the Company had 224 full-time employees, including
203 in  manufacturing  and  distribution,  6 in sales  and  marketing  and 15 in
administration and finance.  The Company's  employees are not represented by any
collective bargaining  organization and the Company has never experienced a work
stoppage. The Company believes that its relations with its employees are good.

PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS

     The Company produces Tato Skins(R) brand potato crisps,  Pizzarias(R) brand
pizza  chips,  and  O'Boisies(R)  brand potato  crisps  utilizing a sheeting and
frying process that includes patented  technology that the Company licenses from
Miles Willard  Technologies,  LLC, an Idaho limited  liability  company  ("Miles
Willard").  Pursuant  to the  license  agreement  between  the Company and Miles
Willard,  the  Company has an  exclusive  right to use the  patented  technology
within  North  America  until the  patents  expire  between  2004 and  2006.  In
consideration  for the use of these  patents,  the  Company is  required to make
royalty  payments to Miles Willard on sales of products  manufactured  utilizing
the patented technology.

     The Company owns the  following  trademarks,  which are  registered  in the
United  States:  Poore  Brothers(R),  An  Intensely  Different  Taste(R),  Texas
Style(R), Tato Skins(R), O'Boisies(R), Pizzarias(R), Braids(R) and Knots(R). The
Company  considers  its  trademarks  to  be of  significant  importance  in  the
Company's  business.  The Company is not aware of any  circumstances  that would
have a material adverse effect on the Company's ability to use its trademarks.

ITEM 2. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

     The Company owns a 60,000 square foot facility located on 7.7 acres of land
in  Goodyear,  Arizona,   approximately  15  miles  west  of  Phoenix,  Arizona.
Construction  of this new facility was  completed in June 1997.  In August 1997,
the Company  completed the transition of all of its Arizona  operations into the
new facility.  The site will enable the Company to expand its  facilities in the
future to a total building size of 120,000 square feet. The facility is financed
by a mortgage  with Morgan  Guaranty  Trust  Company of New York that matures in
June 2012.

     The Company  leases a 140,000  square foot  facility  located in  Bluffton,
Indiana,  approximately  20 miles  south  of Ft.  Wayne,  Indiana.  Prior to the
Keebler Company's acquisition of the facility in 1980, the plant contained three
pretzel lines with 40,000 square feet of processing space and 40,000 square feet
of warehousing  space.  In 1985, the Keebler  Company  completed a 60,000 square
foot fryer room  addition and installed the three fryer lines that still operate
in the  facility.  The Company has entered  into a lease  expiring in April 2018
with respect to the facility with two five-year  renewal options.  Monthly lease
payments  through  April 2000 are $17,500 and then increase to $20,000 per month
for the remainder of the lease term with an annual CPI  adjustment.  The Company
is responsible for all insurance costs, utilities and real estate taxes.

     The  Company  believes  that  its  facilities  are  adequately  covered  by
insurance.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     None.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     None.

                                       13
<PAGE>
                                     PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     The common stock, $.01 par value, of the Company (the "Common Stock") began
trading  on the  Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market  tier of the  Nasdaq  Stock  Market on
December 6, 1996 under the symbol "POOR", following the Company's initial public
offering.  On October 11, 1999,  the Company  changed its symbol to "SNAK".  The
following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low reported
sales prices for the Common  Stock on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market.  The trading
market in the Company's  securities  may at times be relatively  illiquid due to
low trading volume.

                                                       Sales Prices
                                                     -----------------
          Period of Quotation                        High         Low
          -------------------                        -----       -----
          Fiscal 1998:
            First Quarter                            $1.44       $0.97
            Second Quarter                           $1.63       $1.09
            Third Quarter                            $1.44       $0.75
            Fourth Quarter                           $1.06       $0.41

          Fiscal 1999:
            First Quarter                            $0.94       $0.53
            Second Quarter                           $1.88       $0.66
            Third Quarter                            $1.39       $1.00
            Fourth Quarter                           $1.75       $1.25

     In order for the  Company's  Common  Stock to  continue to be listed on the
Nasdaq SmallCap Market, the Company is required to be in compliance with certain
continued listing  standards.  One of such requirements is that the bid price of
listed securities be equal to or greater than $1.00. As of November 9, 1998, the
closing bid price of the  Company's  Common Stock had  remained  below $1.00 per
share for thirty  consecutive  trading days. As a result, the Company received a
notice from Nasdaq that the Company was not in  compliance  with the closing bid
price  requirements  for  continued  listing of the  Common  Stock on the Nasdaq
SmallCap Market and that such Common Stock would be de-listed after February 15,
1999 if the closing  bid price was not equal to or greater  than $1.00 per share
for a period of at least ten  consecutive  trading  days  during the  ninety-day
period ending  February 15, 1999. On February 9, 1999, the Company  submitted to
Nasdaq a request  for a hearing to  discuss  the  possibility  of  obtaining  an
extension of such ninety-day  period.  The Company's hearing request was granted
by Nasdaq and a hearing was held on April 16, 1999. The de-listing of the Common
Stock was stayed pending a determination by Nasdaq after the hearing. On October
19, 1999, the Company was notified by Nasdaq that a determination  had been made
to permit the  Company's  Common  Stock to  continue  to be listed on the Nasdaq
SmallCap Market. The determination was based upon the Company's  compliance with
the Nasdaq closing bid price requirement of $1.00 per share and the satisfaction
by the Company of various information requests. If, in the future, the Company's
Common  Stock  fails to be in  compliance  with the  minimum  closing  bid price
requirement for at least thirty consecutive trading days or the Company fails to
be in compliance with any other Nasdaq continued listing requirements,  then the
Common Stock could be de-listed from the Nasdaq SmallCap  Market.  Upon any such
de-listing,  trading,  if any, in the Common Stock would thereafter be conducted
in the over-the-counter market on the so-called "pink sheets" or the "Electronic
Bulletin  Board"  of  the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.
("NASD").  As a consequence  of any such  de-listing,  an investor could find it
more difficult to dispose of, or to obtain  accurate  quotations as to the price
of the Company's Common Stock.

     On  March  24,  2000,   there  were  13,347,044   shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding.  As of such date, the shares of Common Stock were held of record by
approximately 2,600 shareholders.

     The  Company  has never  declared  or paid any  dividends  on the shares of
Common Stock. Management intends to retain any future earnings for the operation
and  expansion  of the  Company's  business and does not  anticipate  paying any
dividends  at any time in the  foreseeable  future.  In any event,  certain debt
agreements  of the  Company  limit the  Company's  ability  to  declare  and pay
dividends.

                                       14
<PAGE>
ITEM 6. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND
        FINANCIAL CONDITION

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

     Net  sales for the year  ended  December  31,  1999  were  $23,275,000,  up
$10,107,000,  or 77%, from $13,168,000 for 1998. Sales of products  manufactured
by the  Company  accounted  for 80% and 78% of the total sales in 1999 and 1998,
respectively,  while sales of products  manufactured by others accounted for 20%
and 22% in 1999 and 1998,  respectively.  Manufactured products segment revenues
increased  $8,250,000,  or 82%, from sales of branded and private label product,
including $2,290,000 from the Bob's Texas Style(R) brand acquired by the Company
in November 1998 and $3,449,000 in connection with the Wabash Foods  acquisition
in October 1999. The remaining $2,511,000 increase,  or 25%, was attributable to
the Poore  Brothers(R)  brand and  private  label  products.  Revenues  from the
distribution  and  merchandising  of products  manufactured by others  increased
$1,858,000,  or 64%. The  majority of this  increase,  $1,158,000,  was from the
Texas  merchandising  operation,  acquired by the  Company in  November  1998 in
connection with the Tejas acquisition.  The remaining $700,000 increase, or 26%,
was due to increased sales of distributed product lines.

     Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 1999, was  $5,707,000,  or 25%
of net sales,  as compared to  $3,244,000,  or 25% of net sales,  for 1998.  The
$2,463,000 increase,  or 76%, in gross profit resulted from the increased volume
of manufactured products.

     Selling,  general and administrative  expenses increased to $4,764,000,  or
just 20% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 1999, from $3,603,000,  or
27% of net sales for 1998.  This  represented  a  $1,161,000  increase,  or 32%,
compared to 1998,  primarily due to an $838,000,  or 55%, increase in marketing,
advertising  and  promotional  spending  and  $210,000  of  other  sales-related
expenses associated with the 77% increase in sales volume.

     Net interest expense  increased to $750,000 for the year ended December 31,
1999 from $515,000 for 1998.  This increase was due to lower interest  income of
$15,000  on  investments   and  increased   interest   expense  of  $220,000  on
indebtedness related to the Tejas and Wabash acquisitions.

     An  extraordinary  loss of $47,000 was recorded in October 1999  associated
with debt  extinguishment  charges in connection  with the acquisition of Wabash
Foods.

     The  cumulative  effect of a change in accounting  principle  resulted in a
$72,000  charge in the first  quarter of 1999 and was  related to the  Company's
expensing of previously capitalized  organization costs as required by Statement
of Position  98-5,  "REPORTING ON THE COSTS OF START-UP  ACTIVITIES,"  which was
effective for the Company's fiscal year beginning January 1, 1999.

     The Company's net income for the year ended  December 31, 1999 was $74,000,
and the net loss for the year ended December 31, 1998 was $874,000. The increase
in net income was attributable primarily to the increased gross profit offset by
higher selling, general and administrative expenses.

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

     Net sales for the year  ended  December  31,  1998 were  $13,168,000,  down
$2,564,000, or 16%, from $15,732,000 for 1997. Sales of products manufactured by
the  Company  accounted  for 78% and 71% of the  total  sales in 1998 and  1997,
respectively,  while sales of products  manufactured by others accounted for 22%
and 29% in 1998  and  1997,  respectively.  The sale of the  Texas  distribution
business in June 1997  represented  approximately  $1,452,000 of the total sales
decline,  consisting of $1,213,000 in sales of products  manufactured  by others
and $239,000 in sales of Poore Brothers manufactured potato chips. An additional
$697,000  decrease  occurred in sales of products  manufactured by others due to
the elimination of several  unprofitable product lines during the second quarter
of 1997. These decreases were partially  offset by increased  revenue from other
product lines of $282,000,  or 11%.  Manufactured potato chip sales for the year
ended December 31, 1998 were $10,286,000, down $696,000, or 6%, from $10,982,000
(excluding  PB Texas) for the year ended  December 31, 1997.  This  decrease was
driven  principally by lower volume as a result of the Company's  discontinuance
of unprofitable  promotion  programs with certain  customers and the shutdown of
the  Tennessee  manufacturing  facility in the third  quarter of 1997.  Sales of

                                       15
<PAGE>
private label potato chips increased $649,000,  or 60%, to $1,728,000  primarily
as a result of sales to a new customer beginning in late 1997, helping to offset
the overall decrease in manufactured potato chips.

     Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 1998, was  $3,244,000,  or 25%
of net sales,  as compared to  $2,022,000,  or 13% of net sales,  for 1997.  The
$1,222,000  increase in gross profit,  or 60%, occurred despite 16% lower sales.
This  increase is a result of the  restructuring  actions  implemented  in 1997,
benefits from  negotiated raw material cost savings and a continued  improvement
in manufacturing and operating  efficiencies at the Company's Goodyear,  Arizona
facility.

     Operating  expenses  decreased to  $3,603,000,  or 27% of net sales for the
year ended  December 31, 1998,  from  $4,728,000,  or 30% of net sales for 1997.
This represented a $1,125,000  decrease,  or 24%, compared to 1997. The decrease
was  primarily  attributable  to $164,000 in charges  recorded by the Company in
1997 related to severance,  equipment write-downs and lease termination costs in
connection  with the sale of the Company's Texas  distribution  business in June
1997; $581,000 in charges recorded by the Company in 1997 in connection with the
closure of the LaVergne, Tennessee manufacturing facility in September 1997; and
a decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative  expenses decreased $380,000,  or 10%, to $3,603,000 for the year
ended December 31, 1998 from  $3,982,000 for 1997 despite a $29,000  increase in
depreciation  and amortization  and a $169,000,  or 13%,  increase in marketing,
advertising  and  promotional  spending.  Offsetting  these increases were a 21%
decrease in payroll costs and $344,000 in lower sales-related  expenses,  office
expenses and occupancy costs resulting from 1997's restructuring actions.

     Net interest expense  increased to $515,000 for the year ended December 31,
1998 from  $328,000 for 1997.  This was due primarily to an increase in interest
expense of $105,000  related to a full year of interest expense on the permanent
financing  of  the  Company's  Arizona  manufacturing  facility  and  production
equipment in 1998,  and an $82,000  decrease in interest  income  generated from
investment of the remaining proceeds of the initial public offering.

     The  Company's  net losses for the years ended  December  31, 1998 and 1997
were  $874,000  and  $3,034,000,  respectively.  The  reduction  in net loss was
attributable  primarily  to the  increased  gross  profit  and  lower  operating
expenses, offset by higher net interest expense.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Net working capital was $780,086 (a current ratio of 1.2:1) and $768,155 (a
current  ratio of 1.4:1) at December  31, 1999 and 1998,  respectively.  For the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1999, the Company generated cash flow of $235,838
from operating  activities,  principally  from operating  results,  and invested
$423,008 in new equipment.

     On October 7, 1999, the Company signed a new $9.15 million Credit Agreement
with U.S.  Bancorp (the "U.S.  Bancorp Credit  Agreement")  consisting of a $3.0
million  working capital line of credit (the "U.S.  Bancorp Line of Credit"),  a
$5.8 million term loan (the "U.S. Bancorp Term Loan A") and a $350,000 term loan
(the "U.S.  Bancorp  Term Loan B").  Borrowings  under the U.S.  Bancorp  Credit
Agreement were used to pay off the Wells Fargo Line of Credit (as defined below)
and the Wells Fargo Term Loan (as defined below) and to refinance  existing debt
of Wabash  Foods in October  1999,  and will be used in the  future for  general
working  capital  needs.  The U.S.  Bancorp Line of Credit bears  interest at an
annual rate of prime plus 1% and matures in October 2002. The U.S.  Bancorp Term
Loan A bears interest at an annual rate of prime and requires monthly  principal
payments of  approximately  $74,000  which  commenced in February 1, 2000,  plus
interest,  until  maturity on July 1, 2006.  The U.S.  Bancorp Term Loan B bears
interest at an annual  rate of prime plus 2.5% and  requires  monthly  principal
payments of  approximately  $29,000  commencing  April 30, 2000,  plus interest,
until maturity on March 31, 2001. The U.S.  Bancorp Credit  Agreement is secured
by  accounts  receivable,   inventories,   equipment  and  general  intangibles.
Borrowings  under the line of credit are limited to 80% of eligible  receivables
and 60% of eligible  inventories  and at December  31,  1999,  the Company had a
borrowing  base of  approximately  $2,360,000  under  the U.S.  Bancorp  Line of
Credit.  The  U.S.  Bancorp  Credit  Agreement  requires  the  Company  to be in
compliance  with  certain  financial  covenants,  including a minimum  cash flow
coverage ratio, a minimum debt service coverage ratio,  minimum annual operating
results,  a minimum  tangible  capital base and a minimum fixed charge  coverage
ratio.  At December  31,  1999,  the Company was in  compliance  with all of the
financial  covenants.  Management believes that the fulfillment of the Company's
plans and  objectives  will enable the Company to attain a  sufficient  level of
profitability to remain in compliance with these financial performance criteria.

                                       16
<PAGE>
There can be no  assurance,  however,  that the  Company  will  attain  any such
profitability and remain in compliance.  Any acceleration under the U.S. Bancorp
Credit  Agreement  prior to the scheduled  maturity of the U.S.  Bancorp Line of
Credit or the U.S.  Bancorp Term Loans could have a material adverse effect upon
the  Company.  As of December  31,  1999,  there was an  outstanding  balance of
$2,022,579 on the U.S.  Bancorp Line of Credit,  $5,800,000 on the U.S.  Bancorp
Term Loan A and  $350,000  on the U.S.  Bancorp  Term Loan B. In  addition,  the
Company assumed from Wabash Foods a $715,000  non-interest  bearing note payable
to U.S.  Bancorp  which is due in full on June 30,  2000.  On  October  7, 1999,
pursuant to the terms of the U.S. Bancorp Credit  Agreement,  the Company issued
to U.S. Bancorp a warrant (the "U.S. Bancorp Warrant") to purchase 50,000 shares
of Common  Stock for an  exercise  price of $1.00 per  share.  The U.S.  Bancorp
warrant is  exercisable  until October 7, 2004,  the date of  termination of the
U.S.  Bancorp  Warrant,  and  provides  the  holder  thereof  certain  piggyback
registration rights.

     On November 4, 1998, the Company signed a new $2.5 million Credit Agreement
with Wells Fargo which  included a $2.0 million  working  capital line of credit
(the "Wells  Fargo Line of  Credit")  and a $0.5  million  term loan (the "Wells
Fargo Term Loan"). The outstanding balance on the Wells Fargo Line of Credit was
$847,013 at December 31, 1998. The Wells Fargo Line of Credit had an annual rate
of  interest  of prime plus 1.5% and  matured in  November  2001 while the Wells
Fargo Term Loan had an annual  rate of  interest  of prime plus 3% and  required
monthly  principal  payments of  approximately  $28,000,  plus  interest,  until
maturity  on May 1,  2000.  The Wells  Fargo  Credit  Agreement  was  secured by
accounts receivable,  inventories,  equipment and general intangibles. The Wells
Fargo  Line of Credit  and Term Loan  were  paid in full on  October  7, 1999 in
connection with the  above-described  Wabash Foods  acquisition and related U.S.
Bancorp financing.

     The   Company's   Goodyear,   Arizona   manufacturing,   distribution   and
headquarters  facility is subject to a $2.0  million  mortgage  loan from Morgan
Guaranty  Trust  Company of New York,  bears  interest at 9.03% per annum and is
secured by the building and the land on which it is located. The loan matures on
July 1, 2012; however monthly principal and interest installments of $18,425 are
determined based on a twenty-year amortization period.

     The Company has entered into a variety of capital and operating  leases for
the acquisition of equipment and vehicles.  The leases  generally have five-year
terms,  bear interest at rates from 8.2% to 11.3%,  require monthly payments and
expire at various  times  through  2002 and are  collateralized  by the  related
equipment.

     At December 31, 1999, the Company had outstanding 9% Convertible Debentures
due July 1, 2002 in the principal  amount of $1,370,067  ($511,020 held by Wells
Fargo and $859,047 held by Renaissance Capital).  The 9% Convertible  Debentures
are secured by land,  building,  equipment and  intangibles.  Interest on the 9%
Convertible  Debentures  is paid by the  Company  on a  monthly  basis.  Monthly
principal  payments  of  approximately  $5,000  are  required  to be made by the
Company  on the Wells  Fargo 9%  Convertible  Debenture  beginning  in July 2000
through  June  2002.  In  November  1999,   Renaissance  Capital  converted  50%
($859,047)  of its 9%  Convertible  Debenture  holdings  into 859,047  shares of
Common  Stock and  agreed  unconditionally  to  convert  into  Common  Stock the
remaining  $859,047  principal not later than December 31, 2000.  For the period
November 1, 1999 through December 31, 2000,  Renaissance Capital agreed to waive
all mandatory  principal  redemption  payments and to accept 30,000 unregistered
shares of the Company's  Common Stock and a warrant to purchase 60,000 shares of
common stock at $1.50 per share in lieu of cash interest  payments.  The holders
of the 9%  Convertible  Debentures  previously  granted the Company a waiver for
noncompliance  with a  financial  ratio  effective  through  June 30,  1999.  As
consideration  for the  granting of such waiver in  February  1998,  the Company
issued warrants to Renaissance  Capital and Wells Fargo,  representing the right
to purchase 25,000 and 7,143 shares of the Company's Common Stock, respectively,
at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.  Each warrant became  exercisable  upon
issuance  and expires on July 1, 2002.  As a result of an event of default,  the
holders of the 9% Convertible Debentures have the right, upon written notice and
after a thirty-day  period  during  which such  default may be cured,  to demand
immediate  payment of the then unpaid  principal and accrued but unpaid interest
under the  Debentures.  The  Company is  currently  in  compliance  with all the
financial ratios,  including working capital of at least $500,000;  a minimum of
$4,500,000  shareholders'  equity;  and a current ratio at the end of any fiscal
quarter of at least  1.1:1.  Management  believes  that the  achievement  of the
Company's  plans and  objectives  will enable the Company to attain a sufficient
level of profitability to remain in compliance with the financial ratios.  There
can  be  no  assurance,   however,   that  the  Company  will  attain  any  such
profitability  and  remain  in  compliance  with  the  financial   ratios.   Any
acceleration under the 9% Convertible Debentures prior to their maturity on July
1, 2002 could have a material adverse effect upon the Company.

                                       17
<PAGE>
     At December  31, 1999,  the Company had net  operating  loss  carryforwards
available for federal income taxes of approximately $5.3 million.  The Company's
ability to utilize its net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable
income may be limited  under the  Internal  Revenue  Code  Section 382 change in
ownership rules. A valuation  allowance has been provided for the full amount of
the net operating loss carryforward since the Company believes the realizability
of the deferred tax asset does not meet the more likely than not criteria  under
SFAS 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." The Company's accumulated net operating
loss  carryforwards  will begin to expire in varying  amounts  between  2010 and
2018.

MANAGEMENT'S PLANS

     In connection with the  implementation of the Company's  business strategy,
the Company may incur additional operating losses in the future and is likely to
require future debt or equity financings (particularly in connection with future
strategic   acquisitions).    Expenditures   relating   to   acquisition-related
integration costs,  market and territory  expansion and new product  development
may  adversely  affect  selling,   general  and   administrative   expenses  and
consequently  may  adversely  affect  operating  and net income.  These types of
expenditures  are expensed for  accounting  purposes as incurred,  while revenue
generated  from the result of such expansion may benefit  future  periods.  As a
result of the 1997 restructuring  actions,  the November 1998 Tejas acquisition,
and the October 1999 Wabash  acquisition,  management  believes that the Company
will generate positive cash flow from operations, during the next twelve months,
which along with its existing working capital and borrowing  facilities,  should
enable the Company to meet its operating  cash  requirements  through 2000.  The
belief is based on current  operating plans and certain  assumptions,  including
those relating to the Company's future revenue levels and expenditures, industry
and general economic  conditions and other  conditions.  If any of these factors
change,  the Company may require  future debt or equity  financings  to meet its
business  requirements.  There can be no assurance that any required  financings
will be available or, if available, on terms attractive to the Company.

INFLATION AND SEASONALITY

     While inflation has not had a significant  effect on operations in the last
year,  management  recognizes  that  inflationary  pressures may have an adverse
effect on the Company as a result of higher asset  replacement costs and related
depreciation and higher material costs. Additionally, the Company may be subject
to seasonal price increases for raw materials.  The Company attempts to minimize
the  fluctuation  in seasonal  costs by entering  into purchase  commitments  in
advance,  which have the effect of smoothing out price  volatility.  The Company
will attempt to minimize  overall price  inflation,  if any,  through  increased
sales prices and productivity improvements.

ITEM 7. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
REPORTS

Report of independent public accountants with respect to financial
  statements for the years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998
                                                                              26
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 1999 and 1998                  27
Consolidated statements of operations for the years ended
  December 31, 1999 and 1998                                                  28
Consolidated statements of shareholders' equity for the years ended
  December 31, 1999 and 1998                                                  29
Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended
  December 31, 1999 and 1998                                                  30
Notes to consolidated financial statements                                    31

ITEM 8. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     None.

                                       18
<PAGE>
                                    PART III

ITEM 9. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

     The executive officers and Directors of the Company, and their ages, are as
follows:

     Name                    Age                     Position
     ----                    ---                     --------
     Eric J. Kufel           33     President, Chief Executive Officer, Director
     Glen E. Flook           41     Vice President-Manufacturing
     Thomas W. Freeze        48     Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,
                                      Treasurer, Secretary, and Director
     Thomas G. Bigham        46     Vice President of Sales-Texas
     Wendell T. Jones        59     Vice President of Sales-Arizona
     Kevin M. Kohl           44     Vice President, National Sales Manager
     James M. Poore          53     Vice President
     Mark S. Howells         46     Chairman, Director
     Richard E. Goodspeed    62     Director
     James W. Myers          65     Director
     Robert C. Pearson       64     Director
     Aaron M. Shenkman       59     Director

ERIC J. KUFEL. Mr. Kufel has served as President,  Chief Executive Officer and a
Director of the Company since February 1997. From November 1995 to January 1997,
Mr. Kufel was Senior Brand Manager at The Dial  Corporation  and was responsible
for the operating results of Purex Laundry Detergent. From June 1995 to November
1995, Mr. Kufel was Senior Brand Manager for The Coca-Cola  Company where he was
responsible  for the marketing and  development  of Minute Maid  products.  From
November  1994 to June  1995 Mr.  Kufel  was  Brand  Manager  for The  Coca-Cola
Company,  and from June 1994 to November  1994,  Mr. Kufel was  Assistant  Brand
Manager for The Coca-Cola Company. From January 1993 to June 1994, Mr. Kufel was
employed  by  The  Kellogg  Company  in  various   capacities   including  being
responsible  for introducing the Healthy Choice line of cereal and executing the
marketing plan for Kellogg's  Frosted Flakes cereal.  Mr. Kufel earned a Masters
of International  Management from the American  Graduate School of International
Management in December 1992.

GLEN E. FLOOK. Mr. Flook has served as Vice President-Manufacturing  since March
1997.  From  January 1994 to February  1997,  Mr. Flook was employed by The Dial
Corporation as a Plant Manager for a manufacturing  operation that generated $40
million in annual revenues.  From January 1983 to January 1994, Mr. Flook served
in  various  capacities  with  Frito-Lay,  Inc.,  including  Plant  Manager  and
Production Manager.

THOMAS W.  FREEZE.  Mr.  Freeze has served as Vice  President,  Chief  Financial
Officer,  Secretary  and  Treasurer  of the  Company  since  April 1997 and as a
Director since October 1999. From April 1994 to April 1997, Mr. Freeze served as
Vice President,  Finance and  Administration  -- Retail of New England  Business
Service,  Inc.  From  October  1989 to April  1994,  Mr.  Freeze  served as Vice
President, Treasurer and Secretary of New England Business Service, Inc.

THOMAS G.  BIGHAM.  Mr.  Bigham has been Vice  President  of Sales - Texas since
November 1998.  From December 1996 to November 1998, Mr. Bigham was President of
Tejas,  whose  business  and  certain  assets were  purchased  by the Company in
November  1998.  From 1994 to December  1996,  Mr. Bigham was President of Eagle
Brands of Houston, Inc.

WENDELL T. JONES. Mr. Jones has been the Vice President of  Sales-Arizona  since
August 1998.  From February 1997 to August 1998, Mr. Jones served as Director of
Sales-Arizona.  Previously,  Mr. Jones was National Sales Manager of the Company
from  January  1996 to February  1997.  From 1969 to 1996,  Mr.  Jones served in
various capacities at Frito-Lay,  Inc., including Director of Sales,  Operations
Manager and Manager-Trade Development.

KEVIN M. KOHL.  Mr. Kohl has been Vice  President,  National Sales Manager since
May 1999. From November 1998 to April 1999, Mr. Kohl served as Vice President of
Sales - Texas of the  Company.  From July 1996 to  November  1998,  Mr. Kohl was
Executive  Vice  President  of Tejas,  whose  business  and certain  assets were
purchased by the Company in November 1998. From July 1994 to June 1996, Mr. Kohl
was President of Mighty Eagle,  Inc. d/b/a Atlanta Eagle. From June 1992 to July
1994, Mr. Kohl was a Regional Director of Eagle Snacks, Inc.

                                       19
<PAGE>
JAMES M. POORE.  Mr. Poore has served as a Vice  President of the Company  since
June  1995.  Mr.  Poore  co-founded  PB  Foods in 1986  and  served  as its Vice
President,  Secretary,  Treasurer and Director until May 1995. In addition,  Mr.
Poore served as the Secretary and a Director of PB Distributing, a subsidiary of
the Company,  from January 1990 to May 1995,  and as Chairman of the Board and a
Director of PB Texas, a subsidiary of the Company, from May 1991 to May 1995. In
1983,  he  co-founded  Groff's of Texas,  Inc.,  a potato chip  manufacturer  in
Brookshire, Texas, and served as its President until January 1986.

MARK S. HOWELLS.  Mr. Howells has served as Chairman of the Board of the Company
since March 1995.  For the period from March 1995 to August  1995,  Mr.  Howells
also served as President and Chief Executive  Officer of the Company.  He served
as the  Chairman  of the  Board  of PB  Southeast,  a former  subsidiary  of the
Company,  from its  inception  in May 1993  until it was  dissolved  in 1999 and
served as its  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer  from May 1993 to August
1994.  Since 1988,  Mr. Howells has devoted a majority of his time to serving as
the  President  and Chairman of Arizona  Securities  Group,  Inc.  d/b/a Puglisi
Howells & Co., a registered securities broker-dealer.

RICHARD E. GOODSPEED.  Mr. Goodspeed currently serves as a management consultant
to several companies, primarily in the food (manufacturing and retail) industry.
Mr.  Goodspeed  served as  President  and Chief  Operating  Officer  of The Vons
Companies, Inc. from 1994 to 1998 and as a Director from 1994 to 1997. From 1989
to 1994,  he served as President  and Chief  Operating  Officer of Lucky Stores,
Inc., a subsidiary of American  Stores  Company,  and from 1992 to 1994, he also
served as Executive Vice President of American Stores Company.

JAMES W. MYERS. Mr. Myers has served as a Director since January 1999. Mr. Myers
has been President of Myers Management & Capital Group,  Inc., a consulting firm
specializing in strategic,  organizational  and financial  advisory  services to
CEO's, since January 1996. From December 1989 to December 1995, Mr. Myers served
as  President  of Myers,  Craig,  Vallone & Francois,  Inc.,  a  management  and
corporate finance consulting firm. Previously, Mr. Myers was an executive with a
variety of consumer  goods  companies.  Mr. Myers is currently a director of ILX
Resorts, Inc., a publicly traded time-share sales and resort property company.

ROBERT C.  PEARSON.  Mr.  Pearson has served as a Director of the Company  since
March 1996.  Mr.  Pearson has been Senior Vice  President-Corporate  Finance for
Renaissance  Capital Group, Inc. since April 1997.  Previously,  Mr. Pearson had
been  an  independent  financial  and  management  consultant   specializing  in
investments  with  emerging  growth  companies.  He has  performed  services for
Renaissance  Capital  Partners  ("RCP") in connection with the Company and other
RCP investments.  RCP is the operating manager of Renaissance Capital, the owner
of a 9%  Convertible  Debenture.  From  1990 to  1994,  Mr.  Pearson  served  as
Executive Vice President and Chief  Financial  Officer of Thomas Group,  Inc., a
publicly  traded   consulting   firm.  Prior  to  1990,  Mr.  Pearson  was  Vice
President-Finance of Texas Instruments, Incorporated. Mr. Pearson is currently a
director of Tava Technologies,  Inc. (a publicly traded  information  technology
services  company),   Dexterity  Surgical,  Inc.  (a  publicly  traded  surgical
instruments  manufacturer and distributor),  and Interscience Computer,  Inc. (a
distributor of consumables for laser printers).

     Pursuant to the Debenture  Loan  Agreement,  so long as the 9%  Convertible
Debentures have not been fully converted into shares of Common Stock or redeemed
or paid by the  Company,  Renaissance  Capital  shall be entitled to designate a
nominee to the Company's Board of Directors subject to election by the Company's
stockholders.  Renaissance  Capital  designated  Mr. Pearson as a nominee to the
Board of Directors.

     AARON M.  SHENKMAN.  Mr.  Shenkman  has served as a Director of the Company
since June 1997. He has served as the General Partner of Managed Funds LLC since
October  1997.  He  served  as the  Vice-Chairman  of  Helen  of Troy  Corp.,  a
distributor  of personal care  products,  from March 1997 to October 1997.  From
February 1984 to February 1997, Mr.  Shenkman was the President of Helen of Troy
Corp.  From 1993 to 1996,  Mr.  Shenkman  also served as a Director of Craftmade
International, a distributor of ceiling fans.

ITEMS 9-12. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     Information  with respect to a portion of Item 9 and Items 10, 11 and 12 of
Form 10-KSB is hereby incorporated by reference into this Part III of the Annual
Report  of Form  10-KSB  from the  Company's  Proxy  Statement  relating  to the
Company's  2000 Annual Meeting of  Shareholders  to be filed by the Company with
the Commission on or about April 17, 2000.

                                       20
<PAGE>
ITEM 13. EXHIBITS AND REPORTS OF FORM 8-K

     The  following  documents  are filed as part of this Annual  Report on Form
10-KSB:

     (a)  The following exhibits as required by Item 601 of Regulation S-B:

EXHIBIT
NUMBER                             DESCRIPTION
- ------                             -----------
3.1   --  Certificate of  Incorporation  of the Company filed with the Secretary
          of State of the State of Delaware on February 23, 1995. (1)

3.2   --  Certificate of Amendment to the  Certificate of  Incorporation  of the
          Company  filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on
          March 3, 1995. (1)

3.3   --  Certificate of Amendment to the  Certificate of  Incorporation  of the
          Company  filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on
          October 7,1999. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's definitive
          Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the Securities and Exchange
          Commission on September 15, 1999.)

3.3   --  By-Laws of the Company. (1)

4.1   --  Specimen Certificate for shares of Common Stock. (1)

4.2   --  Form of Underwriter's Warrant issued by the Company to Paradise Valley
          Securities, Inc. on December 11, 1996. (1)

4.3   --  Convertible  Debenture Loan Agreement  dated May 31, 1995 by and among
          the  Company,   Poore  Brothers  Arizona,  Inc.  ("PB  Arizona"),   PB
          Distributing,  PB Texas, PB Southeast,  Renaissance  Capital and Wells
          Fargo. (1)

4.4   --  9.00% Convertible  Debenture dated May 31, 1995, issued by the Company
          to Renaissance Capital. (1)

4.5   --  9.00% Convertible  Debenture dated May 31, 1995, issued by the Company
          to Wells Fargo. (1)

4.6   --  Form of Warrant issued as of February 1998 to Renaissance  Capital and
          Wells Fargo. (3)

4.7   --  Warrant dated November 4, 1998, issued by the Company to Norwest. (4)

4.8   --  Warrant to  purchase  400,000  shares of Common  Stock,  issued by the
          Company to Wabash Foods on October 7, 1999. (Incorporated by reference
          to the Company's definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed with
          the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 15, 1999.)

4.9   --  Form of  Revolving  Note,  Term  Note A and Term  Note B issued by the
          Company to U.S. Bancorp Republic Commercial  Finance,  Inc. on October
          7, 1999. (5)

4.10  --  Warrant  to  purchase  50,000  shares of Common  Stock,  issued by the
          Company to U.S. Bancorp Republic Commercial  Finance,  Inc. on October
          7, 1999. (5)

10.1  --  Employment Agreement dated May 31, 1995, by and between PB Arizona and
          James M. Poore. (1)

10.2  --  Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreements dated August 1, 1995, August 31,
          1995 and  February  29,  1996,  by and between the Company and Mark S.
          Howells. (1)

                                       21
<PAGE>
10.3  --  Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreements dated August 1, 1995, August 31,
          1995 and February 29, 1996,  by and between the Company and Jeffrey J.
          Puglisi. (1)

10.4  --  Non-Qualified  Stock Option  Agreement  dated  August 1, 1995,  by and
          between the Company and Parris H. Holmes, Jr. (1)

10.5  --  Form  of  Security  Agreements  dated  May  31,  1995,  by  and  among
          Renaissance Capital,  Wells Fargo and each of the Company, PB Arizona,
          PB Southeast, PB Texas and PB Distributing. (1)

10.6  --  Master  Equipment  Lease  Agreement  dated  September 22, 1995, by and
          between Banc One Arizona Leasing Corporation and PB Arizona ("Banc One
          Lease Agreement"), with equipment schedules. (1)

10.7  --  Corporate Guaranty dated September 25, 1995, issued by PB Distributing
          to Banc One Arizona  Leasing  Corporation in connection  with the Banc
          One Lease Agreement. (1)

10.8  --  Equipment  Lease  Agreement dated December 12, 1995, by and between PB
          Arizona and FINOVA Capital Corporation. (1)

10.9  --  Guaranty  dated  December  12,  1995,  issued by the Company to FINOVA
          Capital Corporation. (1)

10.10 --  Master Lease Agreement (the "LCA Lease  Agreement")  dated February 1,
          1996, by and between PB Arizona and LCA Capital  Corp.  (also known as
          LCA, a Division of Associates Commercial Corporation) ("LCA"). (1)

10.11 --  Purchase  Agreement  dated February 1, 1996, by and between PB Arizona
          and LCA in connection with the LCA Lease Agreement. (1)

10.12 --  Corporate Guaranty dated as of February 1, 1996, issued by the Company
          to LCA in connection with LCA Lease Agreement. (1)

10.13 --  Agreement  dated  August 29,  1996,  by and  between  the  Company and
          Westminster Capital, Inc. ("Westminster"), as amended. (1)

10.14 --  Form  of   Independent   Distributor   Agreement  by  and  between  PB
          Distributing and independent distributors. (1)

10.15 --  Amendment No. 1 dated October 14, 1996, to Warrant dated September 11,
          1996, issued by the Company to Westminster. (1)

10.16 --  Letter  Agreement dated November 5, 1996,  amending the  Non-Qualified
          Stock Option  Agreement  dated  February 29, 1996,  by and between the
          Company and Mark S. Howells. (1)

10.17 --  Letter  Agreement dated November 5, 1996,  amending the  Non-Qualified
          Stock Option  Agreement  dated  February 29, 1996,  by and between the
          Company and Jeffrey J. Puglisi. (1)

10.18 --  Non-Qualified  Stock Option Agreement dated as of October 22, 1996, by
          and between the Company and Mark S. Howells. (1)

10.19 --  Letter  Agreement  dated as of  November  5, 1996,  by and between the
          Company and Jeffrey J. Puglisi. (1)

10.20 --  Letter  Agreement  dated as of  November  5, 1996,  by and between the
          Company and David J. Brennan. (1)

10.21 --  Stock Option  Agreement  dated  October 22,  1996,  by and between the
          Company and David J. Brennan. (1)

10.22 --  Letter  Agreement  dated  November 1, 1996,  by and among the Company,
          Mark S. Howells,  Jeffrey J.  Puglisi,  David J. Brennan and Parris H.
          Holmes, Jr. (1)

                                       22
<PAGE>
10.23 --  Letter  Agreement  dated  December 4, 1996, by and between the Company
          and Jeffrey J. Puglisi, relating to stock options. (1)

10.24 --  Letter  Agreement  dated  December 4, 1996, by and between the Company
          and Mark S. Howells, relating to stock options. (1)

10.25 --  Letter  Agreement  dated  December 4, 1996, by and between the Company
          and Parris H. Holmes, Jr., relating to stock options. (1)

10.26 --  Letter  Agreement  dated  December 4, 1996, by and between the Company
          and David J. Brennan, relating to stock options. (1)

10.27 --  Form of  Underwriting  Agreement  entered into on December 6, 1996, by
          and between the Company, Paradise Valley Securities, Inc., Renaissance
          Capital and Wells Fargo. (Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 4
          to the Company's Registration Statement on Form SB-2, Registration No.
          333-5594-LA.)

10.28 --  Employment  Agreement  dated  January  24,  1997,  by and  between the
          Company and Eric J. Kufel. (2)

10.29 --  First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated February 2, 1997, by and
          between the Company and David J. Brennan. (2)

10.30 --  Employment  Agreement  dated  February  14,  1997,  by and between the
          Company and Glen E. Flook. (2)

10.31 --  Commercial Real Estate Purchase Contract and Receipt for Deposit dated
          January 22, 1997, by and between the Company and D.F. Properties, Inc.
          (2)

10.32 --  Employment  Agreement dated April 10, 1997, by and between the Company
          and Thomas W. Freeze.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to the  Company's
          Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the three-month period ended March
          31, 1997.)

10.33 --  Asset Purchase,  Licensing and Distribution Agreement dated as of June
          1, 1997,  by and between PB Texas and David  Hecht.  (Incorporated  by
          reference to the  Company's  Current  Report on Form 8-K dated June 4,
          1997.)

10.34 --  Fixed  Rate  Note  dated  June  4,  1997,  by and  between  La  Cometa
          Properties, Inc. and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York. (3)

10.35 --  Deed of Trust  and  Security  Agreement  dated  June 4,  1997,  by and
          between La Cometa  Properties,  Inc. and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
          of New York. (3)

10.36 --  Guaranty  Agreement dated June 4, 1997, by and between the Company and
          Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York. (3)

10.37 --  Equipment  Lease  Agreement  dated  June 9,  1997,  by and  between PB
          Arizona and FINOVA Capital Corporation. (3)

10.38 --  Separation  Agreement and Release of All Claims dated August 14, 1998,
          by and between the Company and Scott D. Fullmer. (4)

10.39 --  Letter Agreement dated August 18, 1998, by and between the Company and
          Everen. (4)

10.40 --  Credit and Security  Agreement  dated October 23, 1998, by and between
          the Company (and certain of its subsidiaries) and Norwest. (4)

                                       23
<PAGE>
10.41 --  Patent and Trademark Security Agreement dated October 23, 1998, by and
          between the Company (and certain of its subsidiaries) and Norwest. (4)

10.42 --  Agreement  for Purchase and Sale of Assets dated  October 29, 1998, by
          and among the Company, Tejas, Kevin M. Kohl and Thomas G. Bigham. (4)

10.43 --  Employment  Agreement dated November 12, 1998, by and between Tejas PB
          Distributing, Inc. and Thomas G. Bigham. (4)

10.44 --  Employment  Agreement dated November 12, 1998, by and between Tejas PB
          Distributing, Inc. and Kevin M. Kohl. (4)

10.45 --  Management  Agreement  effective  April  1,  1999 by and  between  the
          Company and Wabash Foods.  (Incorporated by reference to the Company's
          Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the three-month period ended March
          31, 1999.)

10.46 --  Agreement  for  Purchase  and  Sale  of  Limited   Liability   Company
          Membership  Interests dated as of August 16, 1999, by and between Pate
          Foods  Corporation,  Wabash  Foods and the Company.  (Incorporated  by
          reference to the Company's  definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A
          filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  on September 15,
          1999.)

10.47 --  Letter  Agreement  dated July 30,  1999 by and between the Company and
          Stifel, Nicolaus & Company,  Incorporated.  (Incorporated by reference
          to the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-QSB for the three-month
          period ended September 30, 1999.)

10.48 --  Poore Brothers, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan, as amended. (5)

10.49 --  Credit  Agreement,  dated as of October 3, 1999,  by and  between  the
          Company and U.S. Bancorp Republic Commercial Finance, Inc. (5)

10.50 --  Security  Agreement,  dated as of October 3, 1999,  by and between the
          Company and U.S. Bancorp Republic Commercial Finance, Inc. (5)

10.51 --  Commercial Lease,  dated May 1, 1998, by and between Wabash Foods, LLC
          and American Pacific Financial Corporation. (5)

21.1  --  List of Subsidiaries of the Company. (5)

27.1  --  Financial Data Schedule for 1999. (5)

(1)  Incorporated by reference to the Company's  Registration  Statement on Form
     SB-2, Registration No. 333-5594-LA.

(2)  Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for
     the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.

(3)  Incorporated by reference to the Company's  Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB
     for the three-month period ended June 30, 1997.

(4)  Incorporated by reference to the Company's  Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB
     for the three-month period ended September 30, 1998.

(5)  Filed herewith.

     (b)  Reports on Form 8-K.

          (1)  Current  Report  on Form 8-K,  reporting  the  completion  of the
          acquisition  of Wabash Foods by the Company (filed with the Commission
          on October 21, 1999).

                                       24
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated: March 30, 2000                  POORE BROTHERS, INC.

                                       By: /s/ Eric J. Kufel
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Eric J. Kufel
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
Registrant, in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

        Signature                      Title                           Date
        ---------                      -----                           ----

/s/ Eric J. Kufel           President, Chief Executive Officer,   March 30, 2000
- -------------------------   and Director (Principal Executive
    Eric J. Kufel           Officer)


/s/ Thomas W. Freeze        Vice President, Chief Financial       March 30, 2000
- -------------------------   Officer, Treasurer, Secretary,
    Thomas W. Freeze        and Director (Principal Financial
                            Officer and Principal Accounting
                            Officer)


/s/ Mark S. Howells         Chairman, Director                    March 30, 2000
- -------------------------
    Mark S. Howells


/s/ Richard E. Goodspeed    Director                              March 30, 2000
- -------------------------
    Richard E. Goodspeed


/s/ James W. Myers          Director                              March 30, 2000
- -------------------------
    James W. Myers


/s/ Robert C. Pearson       Director                              March 30, 2000
- -------------------------
    Robert C. Pearson


/s/ Aaron M. Shenkman       Director                              March 30, 2000
- -------------------------
    Aaron M. Shenkman

                                       25
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To Poore Brothers, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated balance sheets of POORE BROTHERS,
INC. (a Delaware corporation) and SUBSIDIARIES as of December 31, 1999 and 1998,
and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and
cash  flows  for the  years  then  ended.  These  financial  statements  are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted
in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable  assurance about whether the financial  statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial  statements.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by  management,  as well as  evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement
presentation.  We believe  that our audits  provide a  reasonable  basis for our
opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all  material  respects,  the  financial  position of Poore  Brothers,  Inc. and
subsidiaries  as of  December  31,  1999  and  1998,  and the  results  of their
operations  and their cash flows for the years  then  ended in  conformity  with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.


ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Phoenix, Arizona,
February 4, 2000.

                                       26
<PAGE>
                      POORE BROTHERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                         -----------------------------
                                                             1999             1998
                                                         ------------     ------------
                                     ASSETS
<S>                                                       <C>              <C>
Current assets:
  Cash ...............................................    $    104,364     $    270,295
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance of
    $206,000 in 1999 and $24,000 in 1998 .............       3,265,041        1,712,955
  Inventories ........................................       1,221,412          465,038
  Other current assets ...............................         325,146          281,994
                                                          ------------     ------------
      Total current assets ...........................       4,915,963        2,730,282

Property and equipment, net ..........................      13,678,133        6,270,374
Intangible assets, net ...............................       7,198,283        3,723,906
Other assets, net ....................................         281,601          214,327
                                                          ------------     ------------
  Total assets .......................................    $ 26,073,980     $ 12,938,889
                                                          ============     ============

                      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable ...................................    $  1,328,720     $    870,204
  Accrued liabilities ................................         690,931          439,404
  Current portion of long-term debt ..................       2,116,226          652,519
                                                          ------------     ------------
      Total current liabilities ......................       4,135,877        1,962,127

Long-term debt, less current portion .................      10,680,840        5,720,247
                                                          ------------     ------------
  Total liabilities ..................................      14,816,717        7,682,374
                                                          ------------     ------------
Commitments and contingencies

Shareholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $100 par value; 50,000 shares
    authorized; no shares issued or outstanding
    at December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively ......              --               --
  Common stock, $.01 par value; 50,000,000 shares
    authorized; 13,222,044 and 7,832,997 shares
    issued and outstanding at December 31, 1999
    and 1998, respectively ...........................         132,220           78,329
  Additional paid-in capital .........................      17,386,827       11,514,210
  Accumulated deficit ................................      (6,261,784)      (6,336,024)
                                                          ------------     ------------
      Total shareholders' equity .....................      11,257,263        5,256,515
                                                          ------------     ------------
      Total liabilities and shareholders' equity .....    $ 26,073,980     $ 12,938,889
                                                          ============     ============
</TABLE>

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.

                                       27
<PAGE>
                      POORE BROTHERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Years Ended December 31,
                                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                     1999               1998
                                                                 ------------       ------------
<S>                                                              <C>                <C>
Net revenues ...............................................     $ 23,275,543       $ 13,167,993

Cost of revenues ...........................................       17,568,425          9,923,890
                                                                 ------------       ------------
  Gross profit .............................................        5,707,118          3,244,103

Selling, general and administrative expenses ...............        4,763,896          3,603,156
                                                                 ------------       ------------
  Operating income (loss) ..................................          943,222           (359,053)
                                                                 ------------       ------------
Interest income ............................................           30,866             46,371

Interest expense ...........................................         (780,616)          (561,409)
                                                                 ------------       ------------
                                                                     (749,750)          (515,038)
                                                                 ------------       ------------
Income (loss) before extraordinary loss and cumulative
  effect of a change in accounting principle ...............          193,472           (874,091)

Extraordinary loss on extinguishment of debt ...............          (47,601)                --

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle ......          (71,631)                --
                                                                 ------------       ------------
  Net income (loss) ........................................     $     74,240       $   (874,091)
                                                                 ============       ============
Earnings (loss) per common share:
  Basic-
  Income (loss) before extraordinary loss and cumulative
    effect of a change in accounting principle .............     $       0.02       $      (0.12)
  Extraordinary loss on extinguishment of debt .............               --                 --
  Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.....            (0.01)                --
                                                                 ------------       ------------
        Net income (loss) per common share .................     $       0.01       $      (0.12)
                                                                 ============       ============
Diluted-
  Income (loss) before extraordinary loss and cumulative
    effect of a change in accounting principle .............     $       0.02       $      (0.12)
  Extraordinary loss on extinguishment of debt .............               --                 --
  Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle ....            (0.01)                --
                                                                 ------------       ------------
      Net income (loss) per common share ...................     $       0.01       $      (0.12)
                                                                 ============       ============
Weighted average number of common shares:
  Basic ....................................................        8,988,110          7,210,810
                                                                 ============       ============
  Diluted ..................................................        9,134,414          7,210,810
                                                                 ============       ============
</TABLE>
              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.

                                       28
<PAGE>
                      POORE BROTHERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Common Stock           Additional
                                       ---------------------------    Paid-in      Accumulated
                                          Shares         Amount       Capital        Deficit         Total
                                       ------------   ------------  ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                    <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
Balance, December 31, 1997 ...........   7,051,657     $  70,516    $ 10,794,768   $ (5,461,933)  $  5,403,351
  Exercise of common stock options ...      75,000           750          80,366             --         81,116
  Issuance of warrants ...............          --            --          48,703             --         48,703
  Issuance of common stock ...........     706,340         7,063         590,373             --        597,436
  Net loss ...........................          --            --              --       (874,091)      (874,091)
                                        ----------     ---------    ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance, December 31, 1998 ...........   7,832,997        78,329      11,514,210     (6,336,024)     5,256,515
  Exercise of common stock options....     100,000         1,000         124,000             --        125,000
  Issuance of warrants ...............          --            --         505,261             --        505,261
  Issuance of common stock ...........   5,289,047        52,891       5,243,356             --      5,296,247
  Net income .........................          --            --              --         74,240         74,240
                                        ----------     ---------    ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance, December 31, 1999 ...........  13,222,044     $ 132,220    $ 17,386,827   $ (6,261,784)  $ 11,257,263
                                        ==========     =========    ============   ============   ============
</TABLE>
              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.

                                       29
<PAGE>
                      POORE BROTHERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Years Ended December 31,
                                                                       -----------------------------
                                                                          1999              1998
                                                                       -----------       -----------
<S>                                                                    <C>               <C>
CASH FLOWS USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income (loss) ..............................................     $    74,240       $  (874,091)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
   net cash used in operating activities:
   Depreciation ..................................................         725,068           580,674
   Amortization ..................................................         337,430           248,490
   Valuation reserves ............................................         168,784            79,000
   Extraordinary loss on extinguishment of debt ..................          47,601                --
   Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle .........          71,631                --
   Other non-cash charges ........................................         418,247           160,343
   Change in operating assets and liabilities,
     net of effect of business acquired:
     Accounts receivable .........................................        (803,681)         (263,637)
     Note receivable .............................................              --            78,414
     Inventories .................................................         (21,608)           37,790
     Other assets and liabilities ................................        (239,749)         (138,276)
     Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ....................        (542,125)          (17,314)
                                                                       -----------       -----------
            Net cash used in operating activities ................         235,838          (108,607)
                                                                       -----------       -----------
CASH FLOWS USED IN  INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from sale of equipment and property ...................          14,125            27,267
  Purchase of equipment ..........................................        (423,008)         (225,780)
  Acquisition related expenses ...................................        (482,872)       (1,251,564)
                                                                       -----------       -----------
            Net cash used in investing activities ................        (891,755)       (1,450,077)
                                                                       -----------       -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock .........................         125,000            81,116
  Stock and debt issuance costs ..................................         (97,693)         (102,713)
  Proceeds from issuance of debt .................................         350,000           500,000
  Payments made on long-term debt ................................        (757,219)         (533,091)
  Net increase in working capital line of credit .................         869,898           260,916
                                                                       -----------       -----------
            Net cash provided by financing activities ............         489,986           206,228
                                                                       -----------       -----------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents ........................        (165,931)       (1,352,456)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year ...................         270,295         1,622,751
                                                                       -----------       -----------
Cash at end of year ..............................................     $   104,364       $   270,295
                                                                       ===========       ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid during the year for interest .........................     $   541,096       $   539,843
  Summary of noncash investing and financing activities:
      Financing warrants issued ..................................          36,249            48,703
      Common Stock issued for acquisitions .......................       4,400,000           450,000
      Common Stock warrants issued for acquisitions ..............         423,566                --
      Common Stock and warrant issued in lieu of
        interest payments.........................................          90,447           154,629
      Conversion of Convertible debenture into Common Stock ......         859,047                --
</TABLE>

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.

                                       30
<PAGE>
                      POORE BROTHERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. ORGANIZATION, BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

     Poore Brothers, Inc. (the "Company"), a Delaware corporation, was organized
in February 1995 as a holding company and on May 31, 1995 acquired substantially
all of the equity of Poore  Brothers  Southeast,  Inc.  ("PB  Southeast")  in an
exchange  transaction.  The exchange transaction with PB Southeast was accounted
for similar to a  pooling-of-interests  since both entities had common ownership
and control  immediately prior to the transaction.  On May 31, 1995, the Company
also  acquired  (i)  substantially  all  of  the  assets,   subject  to  certain
liabilities, of Poore Brothers Foods, Inc.; (ii) a 100% equity interest in Poore
Brothers Distributing,  Inc.; and (iii) an 80% equity interest in Poore Brothers
of Texas,  Inc. ("PB Texas").  Subsequently,  the Company acquired the remaining
20% equity interest in PB Texas.  These  businesses had no common ownership with
the Company and therefore these  acquisitions were accounted for as purchases in
accordance with Accounting  Principals  Board ("APB") Opinion No. 16,  "Business
Combination".  Accordingly,  only the results of their operations  subsequent to
acquisition have been included in the Company's  results.  In 1997, PB Texas was
sold and PB Southeast was closed.

     On November 5, 1998,  the Company  acquired the business and certain assets
(including  the Bob's Texas Style(R)  potato chips brand) of Tejas Snacks,  L.P.
("Tejas"), a Texas-based potato chip manufacturer. See Note 2.

     On October 7, 1999, the Company  acquired a 100% equity  interest in Wabash
Foods,  LLC  ("Wabash"),  an  Indiana  based  snack  food  manufacturer  of Tato
Skins(R), O'Boisies(R), and Pizzarias(R). See Note 2.

BUSINESS OBJECTIVES, RISKS AND PLANS

     The Company is engaged in the  production,  marketing and  distribution  of
premium salty snack food products that are sold through grocery retail chains in
the southwestern  United States and through vend distributors  across the United
States.  The Company  manufactures  and sells its own brands of salty snack food
products, including Poore Brothers(R) and Bob's Texas Style(R) brand batch-fried
potato chips, Tato Skins(R) brand potato snacks, Pizzarias(R) brand pizza chips,
and O'Boisies(R)  brand potato crisps,  manufactures  private label potato chips
for grocery store chains,  and distributes and merchandises  snack food products
that are  manufactured by others.  The Company's  business  objective is to be a
leading regional  manufacturer,  marketer and distributor of premium branded and
private  label  salty  snack  foods  by  providing  high  quality   products  at
competitive prices that are superior in taste, texture, flavor variety and brand
personality to comparable  products.  The Company's  philosophy is to compete in
the market niches not served by the dominant national  competition.  The Company
plans to achieve growth in  manufactured  product sales by acquiring other snack
food brands and increasing sales of existing products. In addition,  the Company
plans to increase  distribution  and  merchandising  revenues,  and  continue to
improve its manufacturing capacity utilization.

     Although  certain of the Company's  subsidiaries  have operated for several
years,  the Company as a whole has a relatively  brief  operating  history.  The
Company had significant operating losses prior to fiscal 1999. Successful future
operations   are  subject  to  certain   risks,   uncertainties,   expenses  and
difficulties  frequently  encountered in the  establishment  and growth of a new
business in the snack food industry.  The market for salty snack foods,  such as
potato  chips,  tortilla  chips,  popcorn and  pretzels,  is large and intensely
competitive.  The  industry  is  dominated  by one  significant  competitor  and
includes many other  competitors with greater financial and other resources than
the Company.

     The Company's  acquisition of Tejas and Wabash, and the growth in volume of
manufactured  products  have  assisted in lowering  unit costs of the  Company's
manufactured  products.  As a result,  management believes that the Company will
continue to generate  positive cash flow from operations in 2000,  which,  along
with its existing  working capital and borrowing  facilities,  should enable the
Company to meet its operating cash requirements through 2000.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

     The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Poore
Brothers,  Inc.  and  all of its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries.  All  significant
intercompany amounts and transactions have been eliminated.

                                       31
<PAGE>
                      POORE BROTHERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


1. ORGANIZATION, BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
   (CONTINUED)

USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     At  December  31,  1999 and  1998,  the  carrying  value of cash,  accounts
receivable,  accounts payable,  and accrued liabilities  approximate fair values
since they are  short-term in nature.  The carrying  value of the long-term debt
approximates  fair-value based on the borrowing rates currently available to the
Company for long-term  borrowings with similar terms. The Company estimates fair
values  of  financial   instruments  by  using  available  market   information.
Considerable  judgement is required in  interpreting  market data to develop the
estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates may not be indicative of the
amounts that the Company could realize in a current market exchange.  The use of
different market  assumptions or valuation  methodologies  could have a material
effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

INVENTORIES

     Inventories  are  stated  at the  lower of cost  (first-in,  first-out)  or
market.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Cost includes expenditures for
major  improvements  and  replacements.  Maintenance  and repairs are charged to
operations when incurred.  When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the
related  costs and  accumulated  depreciation  are removed from the  appropriate
accounts, and the resulting gain or loss is recognized.  Depreciation expense is
computed using the  straight-line  method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets, ranging from 2 to 30 years.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

     In accordance  with Statement of Position 98-5,  "REPORTING ON THE COSTS OF
START-UP  ACTIVITIES",  effective  January 1, 1999,  the Company was required to
change its accounting principle for organization costs. Previously,  the Company
capitalized  such costs and amortized them using the  straight-line  method over
five  years.  At  December  31,  1998,  such  costs  totaled  $257,051  and  the
accumulated  amortization  totaled  $185,420.  In the first quarter of 1999, the
Company  wrote-off the remaining $71,631 and will expense as incurred any future
organization  costs.  The  write-off  has  been  reflected  in the  Consolidated
Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 1999 as the  "Cumulative
effect of a change in  accounting  principle"  in  accordance  with APB No.  20,
"Accounting Changes".

     Goodwill is recorded at cost and amortized using the  straight-line  method
over a twenty-year  period.  The Company assesses the recoverability of goodwill
at each balance sheet date by  determining  whether  amortization  of the assets
over their original  estimated  useful life can be recovered  through  estimated
future  undiscounted cash flows. Total goodwill was $3,941,009 and $2,608,742 at
December 31, 1999 and 1998,  respectively,  including $126,702 from the November
1998 Tejas  acquisition (see Note 2) and $1,327,227 from the October 1999 Wabash
acquisition (see Note 2). Accumulated  amortization was $587,431 and $445,356 at
December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

     Trademarks are recorded at cost and are amortized  using the  straight-line
method over a fifteen-year period. The Company allocated $1,500,000 of the Tejas
purchase  price to trademarks  and  $2,500,000 of the Wabash  purchase  price to
trademarks.  Accumulated  amortization  was $155,295 and $11,111 at December 31,
1999 and 1998, respectively.

                                       32
<PAGE>
                      POORE BROTHERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


1. ORGANIZATION, BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
   (CONTINUED)

REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Revenues  and related  cost of revenues  are  recognized  upon  shipment of
products.

ADVERTISING COSTS

     The Company  expenses  production  costs of advertising  the first time the
advertising  takes place,  except for  cooperative  advertising  costs which are
accrued and expensed when the related  sales are  recognized.  Costs  associated
with obtaining shelf space (i.e.,  "slotting  fees") are expensed in the year in
which  such  costs  are  incurred  by the  Company.  Advertising  expenses  were
approximately $265,000 and $469,000 in 1999 and 1998, respectively.

INCOME TAXES

     Deferred tax assets and  liabilities are recognized for the expected future
tax  consequences of events that have been included in the financial  statements
or income tax returns.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based
on the  difference  between the financial  statement and tax bases of assets and
liabilities using enacted rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years
in which those  differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The effect
on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in
the period that includes the enactment date.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

     Basic  earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income  (loss)
by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding  during the
period.  Exercises of  outstanding  stock options or warrants and  conversion of
convertible  debentures are assumed to occur for purposes of calculating diluted
earnings per share for periods in which their effect would not be anti-dilutive.

                                                       Years Ended December 31,
                                                      -------------------------
                                                         1999          1998
                                                      -----------   -----------
BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
  Income (loss) before extraordinary loss
    and cumulative effect of a change in
    accounting principle                              $   193,472   $  (874,091)
                                                      ===========   ===========
  Weighted average number of common shares              8,988,110     7,210,810
                                                      ===========   ===========
  Earnings (loss) per common share                    $      0.02   $     (0.12)
                                                      ===========   ===========
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
  Income (loss) before extraordinary loss
    and cumulative effect of a change in
    accounting principle                              $   193,472   $  (874,091)
                                                      ===========   ===========
  Weighted average number of common shares              8,988,110     7,210,810
  Incremental shares from assumed conversions -
       Warrants                                            95,497            --
       Stock options                                       50,807            --
                                                      -----------   -----------
  Adjusted weighted average number of common shares     9,134,414     7,210,810
                                                      ===========   ===========
  Earnings (loss) per common share                    $      0.02   $     (0.12)
                                                      ===========   ===========

     Options  and  warrants to purchase  2,104,227  shares of Common  Stock were
outstanding  at December 31, 1999,  but were not included in the  computation of
diluted  earnings per share because the option and warrant  exercise prices were
greater than the average market price per share of the Common Stock.  Conversion
of the  convertible  debentures  was not assumed as the effect of its conversion
would be anti-dilutive.

                                       33
<PAGE>
                      POORE BROTHERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


1. ORGANIZATION, BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
   (CONTINUED)

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     SFAS No.  133,  "Accounting  for  Derivative  Instruments  and for  Hedging
Activities",  was issued in July 1998 and is effective for years beginning after
June 15, 2000,  as amended by SFAS No. 137. SFAS No. 133 requires that a company
must formally  document,  designate and assess the effectiveness of transactions
that receive hedge  accounting.  Upon adoption in the first quarter of 2001, the
Company expects there will be no impact on its financial condition or results of
operations.

2. ACQUISITIONS:

     On October 7, 1999, the Company acquired all of the membership interests of
Wabash from Pate Foods  Corporation  in exchange for (i) 4,400,000  unregistered
shares  of Common  Stock  with a fair  value of  $4,400,000,  (ii) a warrant  to
purchase  400,000  unregistered  shares of Common Stock at an exercise  price of
$1.00 per share  with a fair  value of  $290,000,  and (iii) the  assumption  of
$8,073,000 in liabilities, or a total purchase price of $12,763,000. The warrant
has a five-year term and is immediately  exercisable.  As a result,  the Company
acquired  all the assets of Wabash  Foods,  LLC,  including  the Tato  Skins(R),
O'Boisies(R),  and  Pizzarias(R)  trademarks.  The acquisition was accounted for
using the purchase  method of accounting in accordance  with APB Opinion No. 16.
Accordingly,  only the results of operations  subsequent to the acquisition date
have been included in the Company's results. In connection with the acquisition,
the Company  recorded  goodwill of  $1,327,227,  which is being  amortized  on a
straight-line basis over a twenty-year period.

     Unaudited pro forma information has been provided below for the years ended
December 31, 1999 and 1998 assuming the  acquisition of Wabash took place at the
beginning of the period presented.  The unaudited pro forma condensed results of
operations  include  adjustments to reflect  amortization  on intangible  assets
(e.g.  goodwill and  trademarks)  and the  elimination of $299,307 in management
fees earned by the Company  prior to the  acquisition.  The  unaudited pro forma
data does not  purport  to be  indicative  of the  results  that would have been
obtained  had these  events  actually  occurred at the  beginning of the periods
presented nor does it project the Company's results of operations for any future
period.

              PRO FORMA CONDENSED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

                                                     Years Ended December 31,
                                                    ---------------------------
                                                        1999           1998
                                                    ------------   ------------
Net revenues                                        $ 32,594,488   $ 19,729,112
Income (loss) before extraordinary loss
  and cumulative effect of change in
  accounting principle                              $      2,431   $ (1,049,416)
Earnings (loss) per common share - diluted          $       0.00   $      (0.09)
Weighted average number of common shares - diluted    12,509,756     11,607,158

     On November 5, 1998,  the Company  acquired the business and certain assets
of Tejas Snacks,  L. P., a  Texas-based  potato chip  manufacturer.  The assets,
which were  acquired  through a newly  formed  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the
Company,  Tejas PB Distributing,  Inc., included the Bob's Texas Style(R) potato
chips  trademark,  inventories  and certain capital  equipment.  In exchange for
these assets,  the Company  issued 523,077  unregistered  shares of Common Stock
with a fair  value  of  $450,000  and paid  $1.25  million  in cash,  or a total
purchase price of $1.7 million.  The Company utilized  available cash as well as
funds  available  pursuant to the Norwest  Credit  Agreement to satisfy the cash
portion of the consideration.  Tejas had sales of approximately $2.8 million for
the nine months ended  September 30, 1998. In connection  with the  acquisition,
the Company  transferred  production  of the Bob's Texas  Style(R)  brand potato
chips to its Arizona  facility.  The  acquisition  was  accounted  for using the
purchase   method  of  accounting  in  accordance   with  APB  Opinion  No.  16.
Accordingly,  only the results of operations  subsequent to the acquisition date
have been included in the Company's results. In connection with the acquisition,
the  Company  recorded  goodwill  of  $126,702,  which is being  amortized  on a
straight-line basis over twenty years.

                                       34
<PAGE>
                      POORE BROTHERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


3. CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK:

     The Company's cash is placed with major banks.  The Company,  in the normal
course of business,  maintains  balances in excess of Federal  insurance limits.
The Company had no amount in excess of the insurance  limit at December 31, 1999
and $106,165 in excess of the insurance limit at December 31, 1998.

     Financial  instruments  subject to credit risk  consist  primarily of trade
accounts  receivable.  In the normal  course of  business,  the Company  extends
unsecured credit to its customers.  In 1999 and 1998,  substantially  all of the
Company's customers were distributors whose sales were concentrated to retailers
in the grocery industry,  primarily in the southwest United States.  The Company
investigates a customer's credit worthiness before extending credit. The Company
buys  back  trade  accounts  receivable  of  Arizona-based  retailers  from  its
distributors in settlement of their obligations to the Company.

4. INVENTORIES:

     Inventories consisted of the following:

                                                            December 31,
                                                     --------------------------
                                                        1999           1998
                                                     -----------    -----------
     Finished goods ..............................   $   330,568    $   193,624
     Raw materials ...............................     1,268,987        285,348
     Reserve for excess and obsolete inventory....      (378,143)       (13,934)
                                                     -----------    -----------
                                                     $ 1,221,412    $   465,038
                                                     ===========    ===========

5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     Property and equipment consisted of the following:

                                                            December 31,
                                                     --------------------------
                                                         1999          1998
                                                     ------------  ------------
     Buildings and improvements ...................  $  3,438,492  $  3,430,572
     Equipment ....................................    11,496,139     3,490,140
     Land .........................................       272,006       272,006
     Vehicles .....................................        79,927        75,376
     Furniture and office equipment ...............       300,282       204,432
                                                     ------------  ------------
                                                       15,586,846     7,472,526
     Less accumulated depreciation and
      amortization ................................    (1,908,713)   (1,202,152)
                                                     ------------  ------------
                                                     $ 13,678,133  $  6,270,374
                                                     ============  ============

     Depreciation   expense  was   $725,068  and  $580,674  in  1999  and  1998,
respectively.

     Included in equipment are assets held under capital leases with an original
cost of $1,295,828  and  $1,315,657 at December 31, 1999 and 1998,  respectively
and  accumulated  amortization of $617,590 and $407,756 at December 31, 1999 and
1998, respectively.

     In the event that  facts and  circumstances  indicate  that the cost of the
property and equipment may be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability would be
performed.  This evaluation would include the comparison of the future estimated
undiscounted  cash flows  associated  with the assets to the carrying  amount of
these assets to determine if a writedown is required.

                                       35
<PAGE>
                      POORE BROTHERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


6.   LONG-TERM DEBT:

     Long-term debt consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             December 31,
                                                                    -----------------------------
                                                                        1999             1998
                                                                    ------------     ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>              <C>
     Convertible Debentures due in monthly installments
     through July 1, 2002; interest at 9%; collateralized
     by land, buildings, equipment and intangibles .............    $  1,370,067     $  2,229,114

     Term loan due in monthly installments through May
     1, 2000; interest at prime rate plus 3% (10.75%
     at December 31, 1998); collateralized by accounts
     receivable, inventories, equipment and general
     intangibles paid in full in 1999 ..........................              --          472,222

     Working capital line of credit due October 4,
     2002; interest at prime rate plus 1% (9.5% at
     December 31, 1999); collateralized by accounts
     receivable, inventories, equipment and general
     intangibles ...............................................       2,022,579               --

     Term loan due in monthly installments beginning
     February 1, 2000 through July 1, 2006; interest
     at prime rate (8.5% at December 31,1999);
     collateralized by accounts receivable,
     inventories, equipment and general intangibles ............       5,800,000               --

     Working capital line of credit; paid in
     full in 1999 ..............................................              --          847,013

     Term loan due in monthly installments beginning
     April 30, 2000 through March 31, 2001; interest
     at prime rate plus 2.5% (11% at December
     31,1999); collateralized by accounts receivable,
     inventories, equipment and general intangibles.............         350,000               --

     Mortgage loan due in monthly installments through
     July 2012; interest at 9.03%; collateralized by
     land and building .........................................       1,940,509        1,965,921

     Non-interest bearing note payable due in full on
     June 30, 2000 .............................................         715,000               --

     Capital lease obligations due in monthly installments
     through 2002; interest rates ranging from 8.2% to 11.3%;
     collateralized by equipment................................         598,911          858,496
                                                                    ------------     ------------
                                                                      12,797,066        6,372,766
     Less current portion ......................................      (2,116,226)        (652,519)
                                                                    ------------     ------------
                                                                    $ 10,680,840     $  5,720,247
                                                                    ============     ============
</TABLE>

     Annual maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

                                                               December 31,
          Year                                                    1999
          ----                                                 -----------
          2000..............................................   $ 2,116,226
          2001..............................................     1,371,290
          2002..............................................     4,263,117
          2003..............................................       928,727
          2004..............................................       932,155
          Thereafter........................................     3,185,551
                                                               -----------
                                                               $12,797,066
                                                               ===========

     The   Company's   Goodyear,   Arizona   manufacturing,   distribution   and
headquarters  facility is subject to a $2.0  million  mortgage  loan from Morgan
Guaranty  Trust  Company of New York,  bears  interest at 9.03% per annum and is
secured by the building and the land on which it is located. The loan matures on
July 1, 2012; however monthly principal and interest installments of $18,425 are
determined based on a twenty-year amortization period.

                                       36
<PAGE>
                      POORE BROTHERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


6. LONG-TERM DEBT: (CONTINUED)

     The Company has entered into a variety of capital and operating  leases for
the acquisition of equipment and vehicles.  The leases  generally have five-year
terms,  bear interest at rates from 8.2% to 11.3%,  require monthly payments and
expire at various  times  through  2002 and are  collateralized  by the  related
equipment.

     At December 31, 1999, the Company had outstanding 9% Convertible Debentures
due July 1, 2002 in the principal  amount of $1,370,067  ($511,020 held by Wells
Fargo and $859,047 held by Renaissance Capital).  The 9% Convertible  Debentures
are secured by land,  building,  equipment and  intangibles.  Interest on the 9%
Convertible  Debentures  is paid by the  Company  on a  monthly  basis.  Monthly
principal  payments  of  approximately  $5,000  are  required  to be made by the
Company  on the Wells  Fargo 9%  Convertible  Debenture  beginning  in July 2000
through  June  2002.  In  November  1999,   Renaissance  Capital  converted  50%
($859,047)  of its Debenture  holdings  into 859,047  shares of Common Stock and
agreed  unconditionally  to convert into Common Stock the remaining $859,047 not
later than December 31, 2000. For the period  November 1, 1999 through  December
31, 2000, Renaissance Capital agreed to waive all mandatory principal redemption
payments and to accept 30,000  unregistered shares of the Company's Common Stock
and a warrant to purchase  60,000  shares of common  stock at $1.50 per share in
lieu of cash interest payments.  For the period November 1, 1998 through October
31, 1999, Renaissance Capital agreed to waive all mandatory principal redemption
payments and to accept 183,263 unregistered shares of the Company's Common Stock
in lieu of cash interest payments.  The holders of the 9% Convertible Debentures
previously granted the Company a waiver for noncompliance with a financial ratio
effective  through  June 30,  1999.  As  consideration  for the granting of such
waiver in February 1998, the Company issued warrants to Renaissance  Capital and
Wells Fargo  representing  the right to purchase  25,000 and 7,143 shares of the
Company's Common Stock,  respectively,  at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.
Each warrant became  exercisable upon issuance and expires on July 1, 2002. As a
result of an event of default, the holders of the 9% Convertible Debentures have
the right,  upon written notice and after a thirty-day  period during which such
default may be cured, to demand  immediate  payment of the then unpaid principal
and accrued but unpaid interest under the  Debentures.  The Company is currently
in compliance  with all the financial  ratios,  including  working capital of at
least  $500,000;  a minimum of $4,500,000  shareholders'  equity;  and a current
ratio at the end of any fiscal  quarter of at least 1.1:1.  Management  believes
that the  achievement  of the  Company's  plans and  objectives  will enable the
Company to attain a sufficient  level of  profitability  to remain in compliance
with the financial ratios. There can be no assurance,  however, that the Company
will attain any such  profitability  and remain in compliance with the financial
ratios.  Any  acceleration  under the 9% Convertible  Debentures  prior to their
maturity on July 1, 2002 could have a material adverse effect upon the Company.

     On October 7, 1999, the Company signed a new $9.15 million Credit Agreement
with U.S.  Bancorp (the "U.S.  Bancorp Credit  Agreement")  consisting of a $3.0
million  working capital line of credit (the "U.S.  Bancorp Line of Credit"),  a
$5.8 million term loan (the "U.S. Bancorp Term Loan A") and a $350,000 term loan
(the "U.S.  Bancorp  Term Loan B").  Borrowings  under the U.S.  Bancorp  Credit
Agreement  were used to pay off the  previously  existing  Wells  Fargo  Line of
Credit and Wells Fargo Term Loan and to refinance existing debt of Wabash Foods,
LLC in October 1999,  and will also be used for general  working  capital needs.
The U.S.  Bancorp Line of Credit bears  interest at an annual rate of prime plus
1% and matures on October 4, 2002.  The U.S.  Bancorp Term Loan A bears interest
at  an  annual  rate  of  prime  and  requires  monthly  principal  payments  of
approximately $74,000 commencing February 1, 2000, plus interest, until maturity
on July 1, 2006.  The U.S.  Bancorp Term Loan B bears interest at an annual rate
of prime plus 2.5% and  requires  monthly  principal  payments of  approximately
$29,000  commencing  April 30, 2000, plus interest,  until maturity on March 31,
2001.  The U.S.  Bancorp  Credit  Agreement  is secured by accounts  receivable,
inventories,  equipment and general  intangibles.  Borrowings  under the line of
credit  are  limited  to  80%  of  eligible  receivables  and  60%  of  eligible
inventories.  At  December  31,  1999,  the  Company  had a  borrowing  base  of
$2,360,000  under the U.S.  Bancorp  Line of  Credit.  The U.S.  Bancorp  Credit
Agreement  requires  the  Company to be in  compliance  with  certain  financial
performance  criteria,  including a minimum cash flow coverage  ratio, a minimum
debt  service  coverage  ratio,  minimum  annual  operating  results,  a minimum
tangible capital base and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. At December 31,
1999,  the  Company  was in  compliance  with  all of the  financial  covenants.
Management  believes that the  fulfillment of the Company's plans and objectives
will enable the Company to attain a sufficient  level of profitability to remain
in  compliance  with  these  financial  covenants.  There  can be no  assurance,
however,  that the  Company  will  attain any such  profitability  and remain in
compliance.  Any  acceleration  under the U.S. Bancorp Credit Agreement prior to
the scheduled  maturity of the U.S.  Bancorp Line of Credit or the U.S.  Bancorp
Term Loans could have a material  adverse  effect upon the Company.  The Company
also assumed from Wabash Foods a $715,000  non-interest  bearing note payable to

                                       37
<PAGE>
                      POORE BROTHERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


6. LONG-TERM DEBT: (CONTINUED)

U.S. Bancorp which is due in full on June 30, 2000. On October 7, 1999, pursuant
to the terms of the U.S.  Bancorp Credit  Agreement,  the Company issued to U.S.
Bancorp a warrant  (the "U.S.  Bancorp  Warrant") to purchase  50,000  shares of
Common Stock for an exercise price of $1.00 per share.  The U.S. Bancorp Warrant
is  exercisable  until  October 7,  2004,  the date of  termination  of the U.S.
Bancorp Warrant, and provides the holder thereof certain piggyback  registration
rights.

     On November 4, 1998, the Company signed a new $2.5 million Credit Agreement
with Wells Fargo Business Credit,  Inc.  (hereinafter "Wells Fargo" and formerly
Norwest  Business  Credit,  Inc.) which included a $2.0 million  working capital
line of credit (the "Wells  Fargo Line of Credit")  and a $0.5 million term loan
(the "Wells Fargo Term Loan"). Borrowings under the Wells Fargo Credit Agreement
were used to pay off borrowings under the Company's previous  $1,000,000 Line of
Credit with First Community Financial  Corporation,  to finance a portion of the
consideration paid by the Company in connection with the Tejas acquisition,  and
for general working capital needs.  The Wells Fargo Line of Credit had an annual
rate of interest of prime plus 1.5% and matures in November 2001 while the Wells
Fargo Term Loan had an annual  rate of  interest  of prime plus 3% and  required
monthly  principal  payments of  approximately  $28,000,  plus  interest,  until
maturity  on May 1,  2000.  The  Wells  Fargo  Line of  Credit  was  secured  by
receivables,  inventories,  equipment and general intangibles.  Borrowings under
the Wells Fargo Line of Credit were based on 85% of eligible receivables and 60%
of eligible  inventories.  As of December 31, 1998,  the Company had a borrowing
base of approximately $1,374,000 under the Wells Fargo Line of Credit. The Wells
Fargo Credit  Agreement  required the Company to be in  compliance  with certain
financial performance  criteria,  including minimum debt service coverage ratio,
minimum quarterly and annual operating results, and minimum quarterly and annual
changes  in book net  worth.  At  December  31,  1998,  the  Company  was not in
compliance  with a maximum  quarterly net loss limitation of $50,000 (actual net
loss of $146,366) and a minimum debt service  coverage ratio  requirement of not
less  than  0.50 to 1  (actual  of 0.30  to 1)  under  the  Wells  Fargo  Credit
Agreement.  Wells  Fargo  granted  the  Company a waiver  for the  period  ended
December  31, 1998 and agreed to modify the  financial  ratio  requirements  for
future  periods.  As of December 31, 1998,  there was an outstanding  balance of
$847,013 on the Wells Fargo Line of Credit and  $472,222 on the Wells Fargo Term
Loan.  On  November 4, 1998,  pursuant  to the terms of the Wells  Fargo  Credit
Agreement,  the  Company  issued to Wells  Fargo a  warrant  (the  "Wells  Fargo
Warrant") to purchase  50,000  shares of Common  Stock for an exercise  price of
$0.93375 per share.  The Wells Fargo Warrant is  exercisable  until  November 3,
2003,  the date of  termination  of the Wells Fargo  Warrant,  and  provides the
holder thereof certain demand and piggyback  registration  rights. The Company's
Line of Credit  and Term Loan with  Wells  Fargo were paid in full on October 7,
1999 in  connection  with the Wabash  Foods,  LLC  acquisition  and related U.S.
Bancorp Republic Commercial Finance, Inc. financing.

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

     Rental expense under  operating  leases was $97,300 and $34,632 for each of
the years 1999 and 1998. Minimum future rental commitments under  non-cancelable
leases as of December 31, 1999 are as follows:

                                           Capital     Operating
     Year                                  Leases        Leases        Total
     ----                                ----------    ----------    ----------
     2000 ............................   $  306,667    $  287,863    $  594,530
     2001 ............................      228,682       260,635       489,317
     2002 ............................      133,242       253,915       387,157
     2003 ............................           --       249,015       249,015
     2004 ............................           --       244,507       244,507
     Thereafter ......................           --     4,080,000     4,080,000
                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
     Total ...........................      668,591    $5,375,935    $6,044,526
                                                       ==========    ==========
     Less amount representing interest      (69,680)
                                         ----------
     Present value ...................   $  598,911
                                         ==========

                                       38
<PAGE>
                      POORE BROTHERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


8. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:

COMMON STOCK

     In November 1999,  Renaissance  Capital  converted 50% ($859,047) of its 9%
Convertible  Debenture (see Note 6) holdings into 859,047 shares of Common Stock
and agreed  unconditionally  to convert into Common Stock the remaining $859,047
not later than  December 31, 2000.  The  Company's  outstanding  9%  Convertible
Debentures are convertible into 1,370,067 shares of Common Stock at a conversion
price  of  $1.00  per  share,  subject  to  anti-dilution  adjustments.  Certain
additional shares of Common Stock have been issued in connection with financings
(see Note 6).

     In October 1999 and November 1998, the Company issued 4,400,000 and 523,077
unregistered  shares of Common  Stock in  connection  with the  acquisitions  of
Wabash and Tejas, respectively (see Note 2).

PREFERRED STOCK

     The Company has authorized 50,000 shares of $100 par value Preferred Stock,
none of which was  outstanding  at December  31, 1999 and 1998.  The Company may
issue such shares of Preferred Stock in the future without shareholder approval.

WARRANTS

     During 1998 and 1999, warrant activity was as follows:

                                                   Warrants     Weighted Average
                                                  Outstanding    Exercise Price
                                                   ---------     --------------
     Balance, December 31, 1997 .............        525,000         $ 2.68
       Granted ..............................        378,298           0.89
                                                   ---------
     Balance, December 31, 1998 .............        903,298           1.93
       Granted ..............................        510,000           1.06
                                                   ---------
     Balance, December 31, 1999 .............      1,413,298         $ 1.62
                                                   =========

     At December 31, 1999, outstanding warrants had exercise prices ranging from
$0.88 to $4.38 and a weighted average remaining term of 4.3 years. Warrants that
were exercisable at December 31, 1999 totaled  1,265,221 with a weighted average
exercise price per share of $1.70.

     In  October  1999,  the  Company  issued  a  warrant  to  purchase  400,000
unregistered  shares of Common Stock at an exercise  price of $1.00 per share in
connection with the acquisition of Wabash.  The warrant has a five-year term and
is immediately exercisable (see Note 2).

     As of July 30, 1999, the Company agreed to the assignment of a warrant from
Everen  Securities,  Inc.  to  Stifel,  Nicolaus  &  Company  Incorporated,  the
Company's acquisitions and financial advisor, representing the right to purchase
296,155  unregistered  shares of Common Stock at an exercise  price of $.875 per
share and  expiring in August  2003.  The warrant  provides  the holder  thereof
certain  anti-dilution  and  piggyback  registration  rights.  The  warrant  was
exercisable  as to 50% of the shares when the  Company's  pro forma annual sales
reached  $30  million,  which it did  when  the  Company  completed  the  Wabash
acquisition  in October 1999.  The fair value of the warrant was included in the
cost of the  acquisition.  The remaining 50% of the warrant is exercisable  when
the Company's pro forma annual sales reach $100 million.

     Certain other warrants have been issued in connection  with financings (see
Note 6).

                                       39
<PAGE>
                      POORE BROTHERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


8. SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY: (CONTINUED)

STOCK OPTIONS

     The Company's  1995 Stock Option Plan (the  "Plan"),  as amended in October
1999,  provides  for the  issuance  of options to purchase  2,000,000  shares of
Common Stock.  The options granted  pursuant to the Plan expire over a five-year
period and generally vest over three years. In addition to options granted under
the Plan, the Company also issued non-qualified options to purchase Common Stock
to certain  Directors  which were  exercisable  on issuance and expire ten years
from  date of  grant.  All  options  are  issued  at fair  market  value and are
noncompensatory.  Fair market value is determined based on the price of sales of
Common Stock  occurring at or near the time of the option award. At December 31,
1999,  outstanding  options have exercise  prices ranging from $.59 to $3.50 per
share.

     During 1998 and 1999, stock option activity was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Plan Options               Non-Plan Options
                              ---------------------------  ---------------------------
                                             Weighted                     Weighted
                                Options       Average        Options       Average
                              Outstanding  Exercise Price  Outstanding  Exercise Price
                              -----------  --------------  -----------  --------------
<S>                           <C>          <C>             <C>          <C>
Balance, December 31, 1997     1,067,618       $2.90          820,000       $1.18
  Granted .................      855,400        1.18               --          --
  Canceled ................     (625,334)       3.20               --          --
  Exercised ...............      (75,000)       1.08               --          --
                              ----------                   ----------
Balance, December 31, 1998     1,222,684        1.66          820,000        1.18
  Granted .................      357,500        1.46               --          --
  Canceled ................      (96,534)       2.77               --          --
  Exercised ...............           --          --          100,000        1.25
                              ----------                   ----------
Balance, December 31, 1999     1,483,650       $1.54          720,000       $1.17
                              ==========                   ==========
</TABLE>

     At December 31, 1999,  outstanding Plan options had exercise prices ranging
from $0.59 to $3.50 and a weighted  average  remaining  term of 3.5 years.  Plan
options  that were  exercisable  at December  31, 1999  totaled  604,034  with a
weighted  average  exercise price per share of $1.76.  All Non-Plan options were
exercisable at December 31, 1999 and had an average remaining term of 5.6 years.

     In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued SFAS No.
123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation", which defines a fair value based
method of accounting for employee  stock options or similar equity  instruments.
However,  it also  allows an entity  to  continue  to  account  for these  plans
according to APB No. 25, provided pro forma disclosures of net income (loss) and
earnings  (loss)  per  share  are  made as if the fair  value  based  method  of
accounting defined by SFAS No. 123 had been applied.  The Company has elected to
continue  to  measure   compensation  expense  related  to  employee  (including
directors) stock purchase options using APB No. 25.

     Had compensation cost for the Company's stock options been determined based
on the  fair  value  at the  date of  grant  for  awards  in 1995  through  1999
consistent  with the provisions of SFAS 123, the Company's net income (loss) and
net income  (loss) per share  would have been  changed to the pro forma  amounts
indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Years Ended December 31,
                                                                       --------------------------
                                                                          1999           1998
                                                                       ----------     -----------
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>
Net income (loss) - as reported ....................................   $   74,240     $  (874,091)
Net loss - pro forma ...............................................     (237,887)     (1,163,000)
Basic net income (loss) per share of common stock - as reported.....         0.01           (0.12)
Basic net loss per share of common stock - pro forma ...............        (0.03)          (0.16)
</TABLE>

                                       40
<PAGE>
                      POORE BROTHERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


8. SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY: (CONTINUED)

STOCK OPTIONS (CONTINUED)

     The fair value of options  granted  prior to the Company's  initial  public
offering were computed using the minimum value calculation method. For all other
options,  the fair value of each option  grant is estimated on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions:  dividend  yield  of  0%;  expected  volatility  of 90%  and  121%;
risk-free  interest rate of 5.41% and 4.93%;  and expected  lives of 3 years for
1999 and 1998, respectively.  Under this method, the weighted average fair value
of the  options  granted  was  $1.06  and  $.72  per  share  in 1999  and  1998,
respectively.

9. INCOME TAXES:

     The  Company  accounts  for income  taxes  using a balance  sheet  approach
whereby  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  based  on the
differences  in  financial   reporting  and  income  tax  basis  of  assets  and
liabilities.  The  differences  are measured using the income tax rate in effect
during the year of measurement.

     There was no current or  deferred  benefit  for income  taxes for the years
ended December 31, 1999 and 1998. The following table provides a  reconciliation
between the amount  determined by applying the statutory federal income tax rate
to the pretax loss and benefit for income taxes:

                                                    Years Ended December 31,
                                                    ----------------------
                                                      1999         1998
                                                    ---------    ---------
     Provision / (benefit) at statutory rate ....   $  25,242    $(297,191)
     State income tax, net ......................       3,712      (47,809)
     Nondeductible expenses .....................      15,600        5,250
     Net operating loss utilized and benefited ..     (44,554)           0
     Net operating loss not recognized ..........           0      339,750
                                                    ---------    ---------
                                                    $       0    $       0
                                                    =========    =========

     The income tax  effects of loss  carryforwards  and  temporary  differences
between financial and income tax reporting that give rise to the deferred income
tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

                                                   Years Ended December 31,
                                                  --------------------------
                                                     1999           1998
                                                  -----------    -----------
     Net operating loss carryforward ..........   $ 2,083,000    $ 2,215,000
     Bad debt expense .........................        80,000         10,000
     Accrued liabilities ......................        17,000         30,000
     Other ....................................        26,000              0
                                                  -----------    -----------
                                                    2,206,000      2,255,000
     Deferred tax asset valuation allowance....    (2,206,000)    (2,255,000)
                                                  -----------    -----------
          Net deferred tax assets .............   $         0    $         0
                                                  ===========    ===========

     In assessing  the  realizability  of its  deferred tax assets,  the Company
considers  whether it is more likely than not some or all of such assets will be
realized.  As a result of  historical  operating  losses,  the Company has fully
reserved  its net  deferred  tax assets as of December 31, 1999 and December 31,
1998.

     At December 31, 1999,  the Company had a net  operating  loss  carryforward
("NOLC") for federal  income tax purposes of  approximately  $5.3  million.  The
Company's  ability to utilize its NOLC to offset  future  taxable  income may be
limited under the Internal  Revenue Code Section 382 change in ownership  rules.
The  Company's  NOLC will begin to expire in varying  amounts  between  2010 and
2018.

                                       41
<PAGE>
                      POORE BROTHERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


10. BUSINESS SEGMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS:

     For the year ended  December 31, 1999 and 1998,  one Arizona  grocery chain
customer of the Company accounted for $3,284,000,  or 14% and $2,067,000 or 16%,
respectively, of the Company's consolidated net revenues.

     The Company's operations consist of two segments: manufactured products and
distributed  products.  The manufactured products segment produces potato chips,
potato  crisps,  pretzels  and tortilla  chips for sale  primarily to snack food
distributors.  The  distributed  products  segment  sells  snack  food  products
manufactured by other companies to the Company's Arizona snack food distributors
and also  merchandises  in Texas for a fee,  but does not  purchase  and resell,
snack food products for manufacturers.  The Company's  reportable segments offer
different products and services.  All of the Company's revenues are attributable
to external  customers in the United States and all of its assets are located in
the United States.  The Company does not allocate assets based on its reportable
segments.

     The accounting  policies of the segments are the same as those described in
the Summary of  Significant  Accounting  Policies (Note 1). The Company does not
allocate selling, general and administrative  expenses,  income taxes or unusual
items to segments and has no significant  non-cash items other than depreciation
and amortization.

                                        Manufactured  Distributed
                                          Products     Products     Consolidated
                                        -----------   -----------   -----------
1999
Revenues from external customers        $18,535,760   $ 4,739,783   $23,275,543
Depreciation and amortization included
  in segment gross profit                   712,216            --       712,216
Segment gross profit                      5,315,253       391,865     5,707,118

1998
Revenues from external customers        $10,285,805   $ 2,882,188   $13,167,993
Depreciation and amortization included
  in segment gross profit                   577,413            --       577,413
Segment gross profit                      2,975,108       268,995     3,244,103

     The  following  table  reconciles  reportable  segment  gross profit to the
Company's  consolidated  income (loss) before  extraordinary loss and cumulative
effect of a change in accounting principle:

                                                         1999          1998
                                                      -----------   -----------
Segment gross profit                                  $ 5,707,118   $ 3,244,103
Unallocated amounts:
  Selling, general and administrative expenses          4,763,896     3,603,156
  Interest expense, net                                   749,750       515,038
                                                      -----------   -----------
Income (loss) before extraordinary loss and
  cumulative effect of a change in accounting
  principle                                           $   193,472   $  (874,091)
                                                      ===========   ===========

                                       42
<PAGE>
                      POORE BROTHERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


11. LITIGATION:

     In June 1996, a lawsuit was commenced in an Arizona state court against two
directors  of the  Company,  Mark S.  Howells  and  Jeffrey J.  Puglisi,  and PB
Southeast  which  alleged,  among other  things,  that James Gossett had an oral
agreement with Mr. Howells to receive a 49% ownership  interest in PB Southeast,
that Messrs. Howells and Puglisi breached fiduciary duties and other obligations
to Mr.  Gossett and that he was entitled to exchange such alleged stock interest
for shares in the Company.  Messrs. Howells and Puglisi and PB Southeast filed a
counterclaim  against Mr. Gossett  alleging various acts of  nonperformance  and
breaches of fiduciary  duty on the part of Mr.  Gossett.  In November  1998, the
lawsuits were settled and all claims  dismissed  with  prejudice.  The Company's
only expense in the settlement was its own legal fees.

     In September 1997, a lawsuit was commenced against PB Distributing by Chris
Ivey  and  his  company,  Shelby  and  Associates  (collectively,  "Ivey").  The
complaint alleged,  among other things,  that PB Distributing  defrauded Ivey as
part of Ivey's  purchase of a  distributing  company  from  Walter  Distributing
Company and James Walter and that as a result, Ivey suffered damages of at least
$390,000.  In July 1998,  the Company  settled  the  litigation  with Ivey.  The
$13,000  settlement  included the release of all claims and the dismissal of the
lawsuit.

     The  Company is  periodically  a party to various  lawsuits  arising in the
ordinary  course of business.  Management  believes,  based on discussions  with
legal counsel, that the resolution of any such lawsuits will not have a material
effect on the financial statements taken as a whole.

12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

     The land and  building  (140,000  square  feet)  occupied by the Company in
Bluffton,  Indiana is leased  pursuant  to a twenty year lease dated May 1, 1998
with  American  Pacific  Financial  Corporation,  an  affiliate  of  Pate  Foods
Corporation  from whom the Company  purchased  Wabash in October 1999. The lease
extends  through April 2018 and contains two additional  five-year lease renewal
periods at the option of the Company.  Lease payments are approximately  $20,000
per month,  plus CPI  adjustments,  and the Company is responsible  for all real
estate taxes, utilities and insurance.

                                       43
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

4.9   --  Form of  Revolving  Note,  Term  Note A and Term  Note B issued by the
          Company to U.S. Bancorp Republic Commercial  Finance,  Inc. on October
          7, 1999.

4.10  --  Warrant  to  purchase  50,000  shares of Common  Stock,  issued by the
          Company to U.S. Bancorp Republic Commercial  Finance,  Inc. on October
          7, 1999.

10.48 --  Poore Brothers, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan, as amended.

10.49 --  Credit  Agreement,  dated as of October 3, 1999,  by and  between  the
          Company and U.S. Bancorp Republic Commercial Finance, Inc.

10.50 --  Security  Agreement,  dated as of October 3, 1999,  by and between the
          Company and U.S. Bancorp Republic Commercial Finance, Inc.

10.51 --  Commercial Lease,  dated May 1, 1998, by and between Wabash Foods, LLC
          and American Pacific Financial Corporation.

21.1  --  List of subsidiaries of Poore Brothers, Inc.

27.1  --  Financial Data Schedule for 1999

                                 REVOLVING NOTE


$3,000,000                                                       October 3, 1999
                                                          Minneapolis, Minnesota

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, POORE BROTHERS, INC., a corporation organized under the
laws of the State of Delaware ("PBI"),  POORE BROTHERS ARIZONA, INC., an Arizona
corporation ("PBAI"), POORE BROTHERS DISTRIBUTING,  INC., an Arizona corporation
("PBDI"),  TEJAS PB  DISTRIBUTING,  INC., an Arizona  corporation  ("Tejas") and
WABASH FOODS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Wabash"),  (PBI, PBAI,
PBDI,  Tejas and Wabash each a Borrower and  collectively  the "Borrower" or the
"Borrowers"),  hereby jointly and severally  promise to pay to the order of U.S.
BANCORP REPUBLIC COMMERCIAL  FINANCE,  INC. (the "Lender") at its main office in
Minneapolis,  Minnesota,  in lawful  money of the  United  States of  America in
immediately  available  funds on the  Revolving  Maturity Date (as such term and
each other  capitalized  term used  herein are  defined in the Credit  Agreement
hereinafter  referred to) the principal  amount of THREE MILLION  DOLLARS AND NO
CENTS  ($3,000,000)  or, if less, the aggregate  unpaid  principal amount of all
Revolving  Advances  made by the Lender under the Credit  Agreement,  and to pay
interest  (computed  on the basis of actual days elapsed and a year of 360 days)
in  like  funds  on the  unpaid  principal  amount  hereof  from  time  to  time
outstanding at the rates and times set forth in the Credit Agreement.

     This note is the Revolving Note referred to in the Credit  Agreement  dated
as of October 3, 1999 (as the same may be hereafter  from time to time  amended,
restated or modified,  the "Credit  Agreement")  between the undersigned and the
Lender.  This note is secured, it is subject to certain permissive and mandatory
prepayments and its maturity is subject to  acceleration,  in each case upon the
terms provided in said Credit Agreement.

     In the event of default hereunder,  the undersigned agrees to pay all costs
and  expenses  of  collection,   including   reasonable   attorneys'  fees.  The
undersigned waives demand, presentment, notice of nonpayment, protest, notice of
protest and notice of dishonor.
<PAGE>
     THE  VALIDITY,  CONSTRUCTION  AND  ENFORCEABILITY  OF THIS  NOTE  SHALL  BE
GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO
THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

                                        POORE BROTHERS, INC.

                                        By
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Title


                                        POORE BROTHERS ARIZONA, INC.

                                        By
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Title


                                        POORE BROTHERS DISTRIBUTING, INC.

                                        By
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Title


                                        TEJAS PB DISTRIBUTING, INC.

                                        By
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Title


                                        WABASH FOODS, LLC

                                        By
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Title
<PAGE>
                                   TERM NOTE A


$5,800,000                                                       October 3, 1999
                                                          Minneapolis, Minnesota

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, POORE BROTHERS, INC., a corporation organized under the
laws of the State of Delaware ("PBI"),  POORE BROTHERS ARIZONA, INC., an Arizona
corporation ("PBAI"), POORE BROTHERS DISTRIBUTING,  INC., an Arizona corporation
("PBDI"),  TEJAS PB  DISTRIBUTING,  INC., an Arizona  corporation  ("Tejas") and
WABASH FOODS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Wabash"),  (PBI, PBAI,
PBDI,  Tejas and Wabash each a Borrower and  collectively  the "Borrower" or the
"Borrowers"),  hereby jointly and severally  promise to pay to the order of U.S.
BANCORP REPUBLIC COMMERCIAL  FINANCE,  INC. (the "Lender") at its main office in
Minneapolis,  Minnesota,  in lawful  money of the  United  States of  America in
immediately  available funds, the principal amount of FIVE MILLION EIGHT HUNDRED
THOUSAND DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($5,800,000), and to pay interest (computed on the
basis of actual days elapsed and a year of 360 days) in like funds on the unpaid
principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding at the rates and times set
forth in the Credit Agreement.

     The principal hereof is payable in seventy-eight monthly installments, each
payment in the amount of $74,359,  commencing  on February 1, 2000 and the first
day of each month  thereafter  until July 1, 2006 when the  remaining  principal
balance and all accrued interest shall be payable.

     This note is the Term Note A referred to in the Credit  Agreement  dated as
of  October  3, 1999 (as the same may  hereafter  be from time to time  amended,
restated or otherwise modified,  the "Credit Agreement") between the undersigned
and  the  Lender.   This  note  is  secured  and  its  maturity  is  subject  to
acceleration, in each case upon the terms provided in said Credit Agreement.

     In the event of default hereunder,  the undersigned agrees to pay all costs
and  expenses  of  collection,   including   reasonable   attorneys'  fees.  The
undersigned waives demand, presentment, notice of nonpayment, protest, notice of
protest and notice of dishonor.
<PAGE>
     THE  VALIDITY,  CONSTRUCTION  AND  ENFORCEABILITY  OF THIS  NOTE  SHALL  BE
GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO
THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

                                        POORE BROTHERS, INC.

                                        By
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Title


                                        POORE BROTHERS ARIZONA, INC.

                                        By
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Title


                                        POORE BROTHERS DISTRIBUTING, INC.

                                        By
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Title


                                        TEJAS PB DISTRIBUTING, INC.

                                        By
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Title


                                        WABASH FOODS, LLC

                                        By
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Title
<PAGE>
                                   TERM NOTE B


$350,000                                                         October 3, 1999
                                                          Minneapolis, Minnesota

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, POORE BROTHERS, INC., a corporation organized under the
laws of the State of Delaware ("PBI"),  POORE BROTHERS ARIZONA, INC., an Arizona
corporation ("PBAI"), POORE BROTHERS DISTRIBUTING,  INC., an Arizona corporation
("PBDI"),  TEJAS PB  DISTRIBUTING,  INC., an Arizona  corporation  ("Tejas") and
WABASH FOODS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Wabash"),  (PBI, PBAI,
PBDI,  Tejas and Wabash each a Borrower and  collectively  the "Borrower" or the
"Borrowers"),  hereby jointly and severally  promise to pay to the order of U.S.
BANCORP REPUBLIC COMMERCIAL  FINANCE,  INC. (the "Lender") at its main office in
Minneapolis,  Minnesota,  in lawful  money of the  United  States of  America in
immediately  available  funds,  the  principal  amount  of THREE  HUNDRED  FIFTY
THOUSAND DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($350,000),  and to pay interest  (computed on the
basis of actual days elapsed and a year of 360 days) in like funds on the unpaid
principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding at the rates and times set
forth in the Credit Agreement.

     The  principal  hereof is  payable  in twelve  monthly  installments,  each
payment in the amount of  $29,166.67,  commencing on April 30, 2000 and the last
day of each month thereafter  until March 31, 2001 when the remaining  principal
balance and all accrued interest shall be payable.

     This note is the Term Note B referred to in the Credit  Agreement  dated as
of  October  3, 1999 (as the same may  hereafter  be from time to time  amended,
restated or otherwise modified,  the "Credit Agreement") between the undersigned
and  the  Lender.   This  note  is  secured  and  its  maturity  is  subject  to
acceleration, in each case upon the terms provided in said Credit Agreement.

     In the event of default hereunder,  the undersigned agrees to pay all costs
and  expenses  of  collection,   including   reasonable   attorneys'  fees.  The
undersigned waives demand, presentment, notice of nonpayment, protest, notice of
protest and notice of dishonor.
<PAGE>
     THE  VALIDITY,  CONSTRUCTION  AND  ENFORCEABILITY  OF THIS  NOTE  SHALL  BE
GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO
THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

                                        POORE BROTHERS, INC.

                                        By
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Title


                                        POORE BROTHERS ARIZONA, INC.

                                        By
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Title


                                        POORE BROTHERS DISTRIBUTING, INC.

                                        By
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Title


                                        TEJAS PB DISTRIBUTING, INC.

                                        By
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Title


                                        WABASH FOODS, LLC

                                        By
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Title

THIS WARRANT AND THE  SECURITIES  ISSUABLE  UPON  EXERCISE  HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN
REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE " 1933 ACT"),  OR
APPLICABLE  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS  AND  MAY NOT BE  OFFERED  FOR  SALE,  SOLD,
TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  FOR SUCH  SECURITIES  UNDER THE 1933 ACT,  OR AN OPINION OF  COUNSEL,
SATISFACTORY  TO THE ISSUER  HEREOF,  TO THE  EFFECT  THAT  REGISTRATION  IS NOT
REQUIRED UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

                               WARRANT TO PURCHASE
                                 COMMON STOCK OF
                              POORE BROTHERS, INC.

Date of Issuance: October     , 1999  Warrant No. ______

     This certifies that, for value received,  POORE BROTHERS,  INC., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"),  grants U.S. BANCORP REPUBLIC  COMMERCIAL  FINANCE,
INC., a Minnesota corporation,  or registered assigns (the "Registered Holder"),
the right to subscribe  for and purchase  from the Company,  at the price of one
dollar  ($1.00) per share,  as such price may be adjusted from time to time (the
"Exercise  Price"),  from and after 9:00 a.m. Phoenix time on October ____, 1999
(the "Exercise  Commencement Date") and to and including 5:00 p.m., Phoenix time
on June 30, 2004 (the "Expiration  Date"),  fifty thousand  (50,000) shares,  as
such number of shares may be adjusted from time to time (the "Warrant  Shares"),
of the Company's  common stock,  par value $.01 per share (the "Common  Stock"),
subject to the provisions  and upon the terms and  conditions  herein set forth.
The Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of
this Warrant are subject to adjustment  from time to time as provided in Section
7 hereof.

     SECTION 1.  REGISTRATION.  The Company shall  register  this Warrant,  upon
records to be  maintained  by the  Company  for that  purpose in the name of the
Registered  Holder.  The Company may deem and treat the Registered Holder as the
absolute  owner of this  Warrant for the purpose of any  exercise  hereof or any
distribution  to the  Registered  Holder,  and for all other  purposes,  and the
Company shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

     SECTION 2. REGISTRATION OF TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES.

     (a) Subject to Section 11 hereof,  the Company shall  register the transfer
of this  Warrant,  in whole or in part,  upon  records to be  maintained  by the
Company for that  purpose,  upon  surrender  of this  Warrant,  with the Form of
Assignment attached hereto completed and duly endorsed by the Registered Holder,
to the Company at the office  specified in or pursuant to Section 3(b). Upon any
such registration of transfer,  a new Warrant, in substantially the form of this
Warrant,  evidencing  the Common Stock purchase  rights so transferred  shall be
issued to the  transferee  and a new Warrant,  in similar form,  evidencing  the
remaining  Common Stock  purchase  rights not so  transferred,  if any, shall be
issued to the Registered Holder.

     (b)  This  Warrant  is  exchangeable,  upon  the  surrender  hereof  by the
Registered  Holder at the office of the  Company  specified  in or  pursuant  to
Section 3(b) hereof, for new Warrants, in substantially the form of this Warrant
evidencing, in the aggregate, the right to purchase the number of Warrant Shares
which may then be purchased hereunder, each of such new Warrants to be dated the
date of such  exchange  and to  represent  the right to purchase  such number of
Warrant  Shares as shall be designated by the  Registered  Holder at the time of
such surrender.

     SECTION 3. DURATION AND EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT.

     (a) This Warrant shall be exercisable by the Registered  Holder,  in whole,
or from time to time in part,  on any  business  day before  5:00 p.m.,  Phoenix
time,  during the period beginning on the Exercise  Commencement Date and ending
on the Expiration Date. At 5:00 p.m., Phoenix time, on the Expiration Date, this
Warrant,  to the extent not  previously  exercised,  shall become void and of no
further force or effect.

     (b) Subject to Sections 4, and 11(a) hereof,  upon exercise or surrender of
this Warrant,  with the Form of Election to Purchase  attached hereto  completed
and duly endorsed by the Registered Holder, to the Company at its office at 3500
South La Cometa Drive,  Goodyear,  Arizona  85338,  Attention:  Chief  Financial
Officer,  or at such other  address as the Company may specify in writing to the
Registered  Holder,  and upon payment of the Exercise Price  multiplied by up to
the number of Warrant  Shares then  issuable  upon  exercise of this  Warrant in

                                        1
<PAGE>
lawful money of the United States of America  (except as otherwise  provided for
in Section 3(c) hereof),  all as specified by the Registered  Holder in the Form
of  Election  to  Purchase,  the Company  shall  promptly  issue and cause to be
delivered to or upon the written  order of the  Registered  Holder,  and in such
name or names as the  Registered  Holder may  designate,  a certificate  for the
Warrant Shares issued upon such  exercise.  Any person so designated in the Form
of Election to Purchase,  duly endorsed by the Registered  Holder, as the person
to be named on the certificates for the Warrant Shares,  shall be deemed to have
become holder of record of such Warrant Shares,  evidenced by such certificates,
as of the Date of Exercise (as hereinafter defined) of such Warrant.

     (c) The Registered Holder may pay the applicable Exercise Price pursuant to
Section 3(b), at the option of the Registered  Holder,  either (i) in cash or by
cashier's or certified  bank check  payable to the Company in an amount equal to
the product of the Exercise  Price  multiplied  by the number of Warrant  Shares
being purchased upon such exercise (the  "Aggregate  Exercise  Price"),  (ii) by
wire  transfer of  immediately  available  funds to the  account  which shall be
indicated  in  writing  by the  Company to the  Registered  Holder,  or (iii) by
written  notice to the Company that the  Registered  Holder is  exercising  this
Warrant and is  authorizing  the Company to withhold  from the  issuance to such
Registered  Holder that number of Warrant  Shares which when  multiplied  by the
Market Price (as  hereinafter  defined) for the Date of Exercise is equal to the
Aggregate  Exercise  Price.  Any  Warrant  Shares  withheld  by the  Company  in
connection  with an exercise of this  Warrant  pursuant to clause  (iii) of this
Section  3(c) shall no longer be issuable  under this  Warrant and this  Warrant
shall be deemed to be  automatically  amended  to reduce  the  number of Warrant
Shares  issuable  hereunder  by an amount  equal to the amount of such  withheld
Warrant Shares.

     (d) The  "Date of  Exercise"  of any  Warrant  means  the date on which the
Company  shall have  received  (i) this  Warrant,  with the Form of  Election to
Purchase  attached hereto  appropriately  completed and duly endorsed,  and (ii)
payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price as provided herein.

     (e) This Warrant shall be  exercisable  either as an entirety or, from time
to time,  for part  only of the  number of  Warrant  Shares  which are  issuable
hereunder;  provided,  however,  that no partial  exercise of this Warrant shall
involve less than 25,000 Warrant Shares unless the aggregate  remaining  Warrant
Shares available for purchase  pursuant to this Warrant is less than 25,000,  in
which case this Warrant shall be exercisable for only all such remaining Warrant
Shares.  If this Warrant  shall have been  exercised  only in part,  the Company
shall, at the time of delivery of the certificates for the Warrant Shares issued
pursuant  to such  exercise,  deliver  to the  Registered  Holder a new  Warrant
evidencing the rights to purchase the remaining  Warrant  Shares,  which Warrant
shall be substantially in the form of this Warrant.

     (f) Definition of Market Price.  As used in this Warrant,  the term "Market
Price"  shall  mean the  average  of the daily  closing  prices per share of the
Common Stock for the ten (10) consecutive trading days immediately preceding the
day as of which Market Price is being determined. The closing price for each day
shall be the last  reported  sale price or, in case no such sale takes  place on
such day, the average of the reported  closing bid and asked  prices,  in either
case on the New York Stock  Exchange,  or, if the Common  Stock is not listed or
admitted to trading on the New York Stock  Exchange,  on the principal  national
securities  exchange on which the shares are listed or admitted to trading,  or,
if the shares  are not so listed or  admitted  to  trading,  the  average of the
highest  reported  bid and lowest  reported  asked  prices as  furnished  by the
National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. (the "NASD") through NASDAQ or
through a similar organization if NASDAQ is no longer reporting such information
or as reported on the NASD's OTC Electronic Bulletin Board ("OTC"). If shares of
Common  Stock are not listed or  admitted  to trading on any  exchange or quoted
through NASDAQ or any similar  organization or reported on OTC, the Market Price
shall be deemed to be the fair  value  thereof  determined  in good faith by the
Company's  Board of Directors as expressed by a resolution of such board as of a
date which is within fifteen (15) days of the date as of which the determination
is to be made.

     SECTION 4. PAYMENT OF TAXES AND EXPENSES.

     (a) The Company  will pay all expenses and taxes (other than any federal or
state  income tax or similar  obligations  of the  Registered  Holder) and other
governmental  charges attributable to the preparation,  execution,  issuance and
delivery of this  Warrant,  any new Warrant  and the Warrant  Shares;  provided,
however, that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax in respect of the
transfer of this Warrant or the Warrant  Shares,  or the issuance or delivery of
certificates  for Warrant Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant,  to a person
or entity  other  than a  Registered  Holder  or an  Affiliate  (as  hereinafter
defined) of such Registered  Holder;  and further provided,  that this paragraph
shall not obligate the Company to pay any  expenses  incurred by the  Registered
Holder in connection with any  registration  of the Warrant,  any new Warrant or
the Warrant Shares pursuant to the 1933 Act.

                                        2
<PAGE>
     (b) An "Affiliate" of any person or entity means any other person or entity
directly or  indirectly  controlling,  controlled by or under direct or indirect
common control with such person or entity.

     SECTION 5. MUTILATED OR MISSING WARRANT CERTIFICATE.  If this Warrant shall
be mutilated,  lost, stolen or destroyed, upon request by the Registered Holder,
the Company will issue,  in exchange for and upon  cancellation of the mutilated
Warrant,  or in substitution for the lost,  stolen or destroyed  Warrant,  a new
Warrant,  in substantially the form of this Warrant,  of like tenor, but, in the
case of loss,  theft or  destruction,  only upon receipt of evidence  reasonably
satisfactory  to the Company of such loss,  theft or destruction of this Warrant
and, if requested by the Company, indemnity also reasonably satisfactory to it.

     SECTION 6. RESERVATION AND ISSUANCE OF WARRANT SHARES.

     (a) The  Company  will at all times have  authorized,  and reserve and keep
available,  free from  preemptive  rights,  for the  purpose of  enabling  it to
satisfy any  obligation to issue Warrant  Shares upon the exercise of the rights
represented  by this  Warrant,  the number of Warrant  Shares  deliverable  upon
exercise of this Warrant.

     (b) Before  taking any action which could cause an  adjustment  pursuant to
Section 7 hereof  reducing the Exercise Price below the par value of the Warrant
Shares,  the Company  will take any  corporate  action which may be necessary in
order that the Company may validly and legally issue at the Exercise  Price,  as
so adjusted, Warrant Shares that are fully paid and non-assessable.

     (c) The Company  covenants that all Warrant  Shares will,  upon issuance in
accordance with the terms of this Warrant,  be (i) duly  authorized,  fully paid
and  nonassessable,  and (ii) free from all taxes with  respect to the  issuance
thereof and from all liens, charges and security interests.

     SECTION 7. CERTAIN ADJUSTMENTS

     (a) Subdivisions or Combinations of Stock. In case the Company shall at any
time subdivide the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock into a greater number of
shares, the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall
be proportionately  reduced,  and conversely,  in case the outstanding shares of
Common  Stock shall be combined  into a smaller  number of shares,  the Exercise
Price in effect  immediately prior to such combination shall be  proportionately
increased.  Upon each such adjustment of the Exercise Price,  the holder of this
Warrant shall  thereafter  prior to the  Expiration  Date thereof be entitled to
purchase,  at the Exercise Price resulting from such  adjustment,  the number of
Warrant Shares obtained by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect  immediately
prior to such  adjustment by the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise
of such Warrant  immediately  prior to such  adjustment and dividing the product
thereof by the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment.

     (b) CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OF ASSETS, REORGANIZATION, ETC. IN CASE THE
COMPANY (I)  CONSOLIDATES  WITH OR MERGES INTO ANY OTHER  CORPORATION AND IS NOT
THE CONTINUING OR SURVIVING CORPORATION OF SUCH CONSOLIDATION OR MERGER, OR (II)
PERMITS ANY OTHER  CORPORATION TO CONSOLIDATE WITH OR MERGE INTO THE COMPANY AND
THE COMPANY IS THE CONTINUING OR SURVIVING  CORPORATION  BUT, IN CONNECTION WITH
SUCH  CONSOLIDATION OR MERGER, THE COMMON STOCK IS CHANGED INTO OR EXCHANGED FOR
STOCK OR OTHER SECURITIES OF ANY OTHER  CORPORATION OR CASH OR ANY OTHER ASSETS,
OR (III) TRANSFERS ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY  ALL OF ITS PROPERTIES AND ASSETS TO ANY
OTHER CORPORATION,  OR (IV) EFFECTS A CAPITAL REORGANIZATION OR RECLASSIFICATION
OF THE  CAPITAL  STOCK OF THE  COMPANY IN SUCH A WAY THAT  HOLDERS OF THE COMMON
STOCK SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE  STOCK,  SECURITIES,  CASH AND/OR ASSETS WITH
RESPECT TO OR IN EXCHANGE  FOR THE COMMON  STOCK,  THEN,  AND IN EACH SUCH CASE,
PROPER  PROVISION  SHALL BE MADE SO THAT THE  HOLDER OF THIS  WARRANT,  UPON THE
EXERCISE  OF  THIS  WARRANT  AT  ANY  TIME  AFTER  THE   CONSUMMATION   OF  SUCH
CONSOLIDATION,  MERGER, TRANSFER,  REORGANIZATION OR RECLASSIFICATION,  SHALL BE
ENTITLED TO RECEIVE (AT THE AGGREGATE  EXERCISE  PRICE IN EFFECT FOR ALL WARRANT
SHARES  ISSUABLE UPON SUCH EXERCISE  IMMEDIATELY  PRIOR TO SUCH  CONSUMMATION AS
ADJUSTED  TO THE TIME OF SUCH  TRANSACTION),  IN LIEU OF SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK
ISSUABLE  UPON SUCH  EXERCISE  PRIOR TO SUCH  CONSUMMATION,  THE STOCK AND OTHER
SECURITIES,  CASH AND/OR  ASSETS TO WHICH SUCH HOLDER  WOULD HAVE BEEN  ENTITLED
UPON SUCH CONSUMMATION IF SUCH HOLDER HAD SO EXERCISED SUCH WARRANT  IMMEDIATELY
PRIOR THERETO  (SUBJECT TO ADJUSTMENTS  SUBSEQUENT TO SUCH  CORPORATE  ACTION AS
NEARLY  EQUIVALENT AS POSSIBLE TO THE  ADJUSTMENTS  PROVIDED FOR IN THIS SECTION
7).

     SECTION  8.  CERTAIN  DIVIDENDS  AND  DISTRIBUTIONS.  In the event that the
Company  shall at any time  prior to the  exercise  of this  Warrant  declare  a
dividend (other than a dividend consisting solely of shares of Common Stock or a
cash dividend or  distribution  payable out of current or retained  earnings) or
otherwise distribute to its stockholders any monies, assets,  property,  rights,
evidences  of  indebtedness,  securities  (other than  shares of Common  Stock),
whether issued by the Company or by another person or entity, or any other thing
of value, the Registered Holder shall thereafter be entitled, in addition to the

                                        3
<PAGE>
shares of Common Stock receivable upon the exercise of the Warrant,  to receive,
upon the exercise of the Warrant,  the same monies,  property,  assets,  rights,
evidences  of  indebtedness,  securities  or any other  thing of value  that the
Registered  Holder  would  have been  entitled  to  receive  at the time of such
dividend or  distribution  had the Registered  Holder been an owner of record of
the shares of Common Stock into which the Warrant is then being  exercised as of
the record date or other date of determination for such dividend or distribution
and an  appropriate  provision  shall  be made a part of any  such  dividend  or
distribution.   Notwithstanding  any  provision  herein  to  the  contrary,   no
adjustment  under this Section 8 shall be made with respect to any cash dividend
or  distribution  payable  solely  out of current or  retained  earnings  of the
Company.

     SECTION 9. NO RIGHTS OR LIABILITIES AS A STOCKHOLDER. The Registered Holder
shall not be  entitled  to vote or be deemed the  holder of Common  Stock or any
other  securities  of the  Company  which  may at any  time be  issuable  on the
exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon
the holder of this Warrant,  as such, the rights of a stockholder of the Company
or the right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter  submitted
to  stockholders  at any meeting  thereof,  or give or  withhold  consent to any
corporate  action or to receive  notice of meetings or other  actions  affecting
stockholders   (except  as  provided   herein),   or  to  receive  dividends  or
subscription  rights  or  otherwise,  until  the  Date of  Exercise  shall  have
occurred.  No provision of this Warrant, in the absence of affirmative action by
the  Registered  Holder hereof to purchase  shares of Common Stock,  and no mere
enumeration herein of the rights and privileges of the Registered Holder,  shall
give  rise to any  liability  of such  holder  for the  Exercise  Price  or as a
stockholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or
by creditors of the Company.

     SECTION 10. FRACTIONAL WARRANT SHARES. The Company shall not be required to
issue  fractions of Warrant Shares upon exercise of the Warrant or to distribute
certificates  which evidence  fractional  Warrant  Shares.  If any fraction of a
Warrant Share would,  except for the  provisions of this Section 10, be issuable
on the  exercise of this Warrant (or  specified  portion  thereof),  the Company
shall pay to the  Registered  Holder an amount in cash equal to the Market Price
as of the Exercise Date, multiplied by such fraction.

     SECTION 11. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS;  REGISTRATION OF THE WARRANT AND WARRANT
SHARES.

     (a) Neither the Warrant nor the Warrant Shares have been  registered  under
the Act. The Registered  Holder,  by acceptance  hereof,  represents  that it is
acquiring  this  Warrant to be issued to it for its own  account  and not with a
view to the distribution  thereof, and agrees not to sell,  transfer,  pledge or
hypothecate  this Warrant,  any purchase rights  evidenced hereby or any Warrant
Shares  unless a  registration  statement is  effective  for this Warrant or the
Warrant  Shares  under the Act or in the  opinion  of such  Registered  Holder's
counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company, a copy of which opinion shall be
delivered  to the  Company,  such  transaction  is exempt from the  registration
requirements of the Act.

     (b) Subject to the  provisions of the  following  paragraph of this Section
11, each Certificate for Warrant Shares shall be stamped or otherwise  imprinted
with a legend in substantially the following form:

          THE SHARES  REPRESENTED BY THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
          UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933,  AS AMENDED (THE "1933  ACT"),  OR
          APPLICABLE  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS AND MAY NOT BE  OFFERED  FOR SALE,
          SOLD,  TRANSFERRED  OR  OTHERWISE  DISPOSED  OF IN THE  ABSENCE  OF AN
          EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT FOR SUCH SECURITIES  UNDER THE 1933
          ACT, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL,  SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER HEREOF,  TO
          THE EFFECT THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

     (c) The restrictions and requirements set forth in the foregoing  paragraph
shall apply with respect to Warrant  Shares unless and until such Warrant Shares
are  sold  or  otherwise  transferred  pursuant  to  an  effective  registration
statement  under the Act or are otherwise no longer subject to the  restrictions
of the Act, at which time the Company agrees to promptly cause such  restrictive
legends to be removed and stop transfer restrictions  applicable to such Warrant
Shares to be rescinded.

     SECTION  12.  REGISTRATION  RIGHTS.  The  Registered  Holder is entitled to
certain  registration  rights with respect to the Warrant  Shares  pursuant to a
Registration  Rights Agreement dated as of October ___, 1999, by and between the
Company and U.S. Bancorp Republic  Commercial  Finance,  Inc. (the "Registration
Rights  Agreement").  Upon any transfer of this Warrant or the Warrant Shares by
the  Registered  Holder,  such  registration  rights may be  transferred  to the
transferee  of the Warrant or the Warrant  Shares  only in  accordance  with the
terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.

     SECTION   13.   NOTICES.   All   notices,   requests,   demands  and  other
communications  relating to this Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed
to have  been  duly  given if  delivered  personally  or sent by  United  States
certified or  registered  first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,  return  receipt

                                        4
<PAGE>
requested,  to the parties  hereto at the  following  addresses or at such other
address as any party hereto shall hereafter specify by notice to the other party
hereto:

     (a) If to the  Registered  Holder  of this  Warrant  or the  holder  of the
Warrant Shares,  addressed to the address of such Registered Holder or holder as
set forth on books of the  Company  or  otherwise  furnished  by the  Registered
Holder or holder to the Company.

     (b) If to the Company, addressed to:

          Poore Brothers, Inc.
          3500 South La Cometa Drive
          Goodyear, Arizona 85338
          Attn: Chief Financial Officer

     SECTION 14. BINDING EFFECT. This Warrant shall be binding upon and inure to
the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company,  its successors and assigns,  and
the holder or holders from time to time of this Warrant and the Warrant Shares.

     SECTION 15. SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS AND DUTIES. This Warrant shall terminate and
be of no further force and effect on the earlier of (i) 5:00 p.m., Phoenix time,
on the Expiration  Date and (ii) the date on which this Warrant and all purchase
rights  evidenced  hereby have been  exercised,  except that the  provisions  of
Sections 4, 6(c), 11 and 12 hereof shall continue in full force and effect after
such termination date.

     SECTION 16.  GOVERNING  LAW.  This Warrant shall be construed in accordance
with and governed by the laws of the State of Arizona.

     SECTION  17.  AMENDMENT;  WAIVER.  This  Warrant and any term hereof may be
amended,  waived,  discharged or terminated only by and with the written consent
of the Company and the holder of this Warrant.

     SECTION 18. SECTION HEADINGS.  The Section headings in this Warrant are for
purposes of convenience only and shall not constitute a part hereof.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company  has caused  this  Warrant to be executed
under its corporate  seal by its officers  thereunto  duly  authorized as of the
date hereof.

                                        POORE BROTHERS, INC.

                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                        ATTEST:

                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

                                        5
<PAGE>
                          FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE

                 (To Be Executed Upon Exercise of this Warrant)

To Poore Brothers, Inc.:

     The  undersigned,  the record  holder of this Warrant,  hereby  irrevocably
elects to exercise the right,  represented by this Warrant (Warrant No. ___), to
purchase ___________ of the Warrant Shares and herewith tenders payment for such
Warrant Shares to the order Poore Brothers,  Inc. of $_________ representing the
full purchase  price for such shares at the price per share provided for in such
Warrant and the  delivery of any  applicable  taxes  payable by the  undersigned
pursuant to such Warrant.

     In  lieu  of  paying  the  purchase  price  as  provided  in the  preceding
paragraph,  the undersigned  will/will not (circle  appropriate  word(s)) make a
cashless exercise pursuant to Section 3(c) of the attached Warrant.

     The undersigned requests that certificates for such shares be issued in the
name of

- -------------------------------     PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY
                                    OR TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
- -------------------------------

- -------------------------------

- -------------------------------

- -------------------------------     ----------------------------------
(Please print name and address)

     In the event that not all of the purchase rights represented by the Warrant
are exercised, a new Warrant,  substantially  identical to the attached Warrant,
representing the rights formerly  represented by the attached Warrant which have
not been exercised, shall be issued in the name of and delivered to

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               (Please print name)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             (Please print address)

Dated: ________________                 Name of Holder (Print):

                                        By: ________________________________
                                        (Name): ____________________________
                                        (Title): ___________________________

                                        6
<PAGE>
                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

     FOR VALUE  RECEIVED,  _______________________  hereby  sells,  assigns  and
transfers to each assignee set forth below all of the rights of the  undersigned
under the attached  Warrant  (Warrant  No.  _____) with respect to the number of
shares of Common  Stock  covered  thereby  set forth  opposite  the name of such
assignee unto:

                                                            Number of Shares of
     Name of Assignee                Address                   Common Stock
     ----------------                -------                -------------------




     If the total of said purchase  rights  represented by the Warrant shall not
be assigned,  the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate evidencing
the  purchase  rights not so assigned be issued in the name of and  delivered to
the undersigned.


Dated: _______________                  Name of Holder (Print):


                                        By: ________________________________
                                        (Name): ____________________________
                                        (Title): ___________________________

                                        7

                   POORE BROTHERS, INC. 1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                      (AS AMENDED THROUGH OCTOBER 6, 1999)


     1. PURPOSE. The Poore Brothers, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is
intended to provide  incentives  which will attract and retain highly  competent
persons as directors,  officers and key employees of Poore  Brothers,  Inc. (the
"Company")  and its  subsidiaries  by providing  them  opportunities  to acquire
shares of Common  Stock,  par value  $.01 per  share  ("Common  Stock"),  of the
Company.

     2.  ADMINISTRATION.  The Plan will be  administered  by a committee  of the
Board of  Directors  (the  "Committee")  which shall be comprised of one or more
directors who shall be  ineligible to receive  options while serving as a member
of the  Committee;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that if the Common Stock of the Company
becomes  registered  under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"1934 Act"),  members of the  Committee  must qualify as  disinterested  persons
within the  meaning  of Rule 16b-3  under the 1934 Act;  and  PROVIDED  FURTHER,
HOWEVER,  that,  in the absence of a Committee,  all of the authority and powers
granted to the  Committee  under the Plan may be exercised  by the  then-serving
members of the Board of Directors of the Company.  The Committee is  authorized,
subject to the provisions of the Plan, to establish  such rules and  regulations
as it deems  necessary  for proper  administration  of the Plan and to make such
determinations  and  interpretations  and to take such action in connection with
the  Plan  as  it  deems  necessary  or  advisable.   All   determinations   and
interpretations  made by the  Committee  shall be binding and  conclusive on all
participants and their legal representatives.  No member of the Board, no member
of the  Committee  and no employee of the Company or its  subsidiaries  shall be
liable for any act or failure to act hereunder,  by any other member or employee
or by an agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of this Plan
have been delegated or, except in circumstances  involving his bad faith,  gross
negligence or fraud, for any act or failure to act by the member or employee.

     3. PARTICIPANTS.  Participants will consist of such directors, officers and
key  employees of the Company or its  subsidiaries  as the Committee in its sole
discretion determines to be significantly responsible for the success and future
growth and  profitability  of the Company and whom the  Committee  may designate
from time to time to receive  Stock  Options  under the Plan.  Designation  of a
participant in any year shall not require the Committee to designate such person
to receive a Stock Option in any other year or, once designated,  to receive the
same type or amount of Stock Option as granted to the  participant  in any year.
The Committee  shall  consider  such factors as it deems  pertinent in selecting
participants  and in determining the type and amount of their  respective  Stock
Options.

     4.  SHARES  RESERVED  UNDER THE PLAN.  Two  Million  (2,000,000)  shares of
authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock are reserved for issue and may be
issued in  connection  with Stock  Options  granted  under the Plan.  Any shares
subject to Stock Options or issued under such options may  thereafter be subject
to new options under this Plan if there is a lapse, expiration or termination of
any such  options  prior to issuance of the shares or if shares are issued under
such options and  thereafter  are  reacquired by the Company  pursuant to rights
reserved by the Company upon issuance  thereof,  subject to any  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  rules  regarding  the  availability  of  such  shares,  if
applicable.

     5. STOCK OPTIONS. Stock Options will consist of awards from the Company, in
the form of  agreements,  which will  enable  the holder to  purchase a specific
number of shares of Common Stock,  at set terms and at a fixed  purchase  price,
subject to adjustment as hereinafter  provided.  Stock Options may be "incentive
stock  options"  within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal  Revenue Code
("Incentive  Stock Options") or Stock Options which do not constitute  Incentive
Stock  Options  ("Nonqualified  Stock  Options").  The  Committee  will have the
authority  to grant to any  participant  one or more  Incentive  Stock  Options,
Nonqualified  Stock Options,  or both types of Stock Options.  Each Stock Option
shall be subject to such terms and  conditions  consistent  with the Plan as the
Committee may impose from time to time, subject to the following limitations:

          a) EXERCISE PRICE. Each Stock Option granted hereunder shall have such
per-share  exercise  price as the  Committee may determine at the date of grant;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the per-share exercise price for Incentive Stock Options
shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market  Value of the Common Stock on the
date the option is granted; and PROVIDED,  FURTHER,  that the per-share exercise
price  for  Nonqualified  Stock  Options  shall not be less than 85% of the Fair
Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the option is granted.

                                        1
<PAGE>
          b) PAYMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE. The option exercise price may be paid by
check or, in the  discretion  of the  Committee,  by the  delivery  of shares of
Common  Stock,  or a combination  thereof,  or such other  consideration  as the
Committee may deem appropriate.

          c) EXERCISE  PERIOD.  Stock  Options  granted  under the Plan shall be
exercisable  at such time or times and subject to such terms and  conditions  as
shall be determined by the Committee;  PROVIDED,  however, that no Stock Options
shall be exercisable earlier than six months after the date they are granted. In
addition,  Stock Options shall not be exercisable later than ten years after the
date they are granted.  All Stock Options shall  terminate at such earlier times
and  upon  such  conditions  or  circumstances  as the  Committee  shall  in its
discretion set forth in such Stock Option at the date of grant.

          d) LIMITATIONS ON INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. Incentive Stock Options may
be granted only to  participants  who are employees of the Company or one of its
subsidiaries (within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Internal Revenue Code)
at the date of grant. The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time
the option is granted) of the Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock
Options are exercisable for the first time by a participant  during any calendar
year  (under  all option  plans of the  Company)  shall not exceed  $100,000.00.
Incentive Stock Options may not be granted to any  participant  who, at the time
of grant,  owns stock possessing (after the application of the attribution rules
of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined  voting power
of all classes of stock of the Company,  unless the option price is fixed at not
less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant
and the exercise of such option is prohibited by its terms after the  expiration
of five years from the date of grant of such option.

     6. ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS.

          a) If the Company shall at any time change the number of issued shares
of Common  Stock  without new  consideration  to the  Company  (such as by stock
dividend,  stock split,  recapitalization,  reorganization,  exchange of shares,
liquidation,  combination or other change in corporate  structure  affecting the
Common Stock), the total number of shares available for Stock Options under this
Plan shall be  appropriately  adjusted and the number of shares  covered by each
outstanding  Stock Option and the reference  price shall be adjusted so that the
net value of such Stock Option shall not be changed.

          (1)  In the  case  of  any  sale  of  assets,  merger,  consolidation,
          combination or other corporate  reorganization or restructuring of the
          Company  with  or  into  another  corporation  which  results  in  the
          outstanding  Common  Stock  being  converted  into  or  exchanged  for
          different  securities,  cash or  other  property,  or any  combination
          thereof (an "Acquisition"), subject to the provisions of this Plan and
          any limitation applicable to the Stock Option, any participant to whom
          a Stock Option has been granted  shall have the right  thereafter  and
          during the term of the Stock Option,  to receive upon exercise thereof
          in whole or in part the Acquisition  Consideration  (as defined below)
          receivable upon the Acquisition by a holder of the number of shares of
          Common Stock which might have been obtained upon exercise of the Stock
          Option or portion thereof,  as the case may be,  immediately  prior to
          the Acquisition.

          The term "Acquisition Consideration" shall mean the kind and amount of
securities,  cash or other  property or any  combination  thereof  receivable in
respect of one share of Common Stock upon consummation of an Acquisition.

          (b)  Notwithstanding  any other  provision of this Plan, the Committee
may  authorize  the  issuance,  continuation  or  assumption of Stock Options or
provide  for other  equitable  adjustments  after  changes in the  Common  Stock
resulting from any other merger,  consolidation,  sale of assets, acquisition of
property or stock,  recapitalization  reorganization or similar  occurrence upon
such terms and conditions as it may deem equitable and appropriate.

     7. NONTRANSFERABILITY.

          a) Each Stock Option granted under the Plan to a participant shall not
be transferable  and shall be exercisable,  during the  participant's  lifetime,
only by the participant.

          b) If the participant shall cease to be either a director or a regular
full-time  employee of the Company or its subsidiaries for any reason other than
a termination  for cause or a termination  by reason of death,  any  unexercised
portion of said Stock Option shall  terminate  sixty (60) days after the date of
the  termination  of  employment,  or upon the  expiration  of the Stock Option,
whichever shall first occur.

                                        2
<PAGE>
          c) If the event that the  participant's  employment is terminated  for
cause, the unexercised  portion of the Stock Option shall terminate  immediately
upon  the  giving  of the  notice  of such  termination.  For  purposes  of this
paragraph,   "for   cause"   shall   mean   incompetence,    gross   negligence,
insubordination, conviction of a felony or willful misconduct by the participant
as  determined  in good  faith by the Board of  Directors  of the  Company,  the
Committee or the Board of Directors  of the  subsidiary  of the Company by which
the participant is employed. Nothing in this Plan or in any Stock Option granted
pursuant to this Plan shall confer on any  participant  the right to continue in
the employ of the Company or any of its  subsidiaries,  or  interfere in any way
with the  right of the  Company  or any of its  subsidiaries  to  terminate  the
participant's employment at any time.

          d) In the event of the  death of the  participant,  the  participant's
estate shall have the privilege of exercising any Stock Options not  theretofore
exercised by the participant, to the extent that the participant was entitled to
exercise such rights on the date of the participant's  death; but in such event,
the period of time within  which the  purchase or exercise  may be made shall be
the earlier of (a) 180 days next  succeeding the death of the participant or (b)
the expiration of the term of the Stock Option.

     8. OTHER PROVISIONS.  The award of any Stock Option under the Plan may also
be subject to such other  provisions  (whether  or not  applicable  to any Stock
Option  awarded  to  any  other   participant)   as  the  Committee   determines
appropriate,  including  without  limitation,  provisions  for  the  installment
purchase  of  Common  Stock  under  Stock  Options,  provisions  to  assist  the
participant  in financing the  acquisition  of Common Stock,  provisions for the
forfeiture of, or restrictions on resale or other disposition of shares acquired
under  any  form  of  Stock  Option,   provisions   for  the   acceleration   of
exercisability  or vesting of Stock  Options in the event of a change of control
of the  Company,  provisions  for the  payment of the value of Stock  Options to
participants in the event of a change of control of the Company,  provisions for
the  forfeiture  of, or provisions  to comply with federal and state  securities
laws, or  understandings  or conditions  as to the  participant's  employment in
addition to those specifically provided for under the Plan.

     9. FAIR  MARKET  VALUE.  For  purposes  of this Plan and any Stock  Options
awarded  hereunder,  "Fair Market Value" shall be the average of the highest and
lowest sale prices for the Company's Common Stock on the date of calculation (or
on the last preceding  trading date if the Company's Common Stock was not traded
on the date of calculation) if the Company's Common Stock is readily tradable on
a national  securities  exchange or other market  system,  and if the  Company's
Common  Stock is not readily  tradable,  Fair Market Value shall mean the amount
determined in good faith by the Committee as the fair market value of the Common
Stock of the Company.

     10.  WITHHOLDING.  All payments or distributions  made pursuant to the Plan
shall be net of any  amounts  required to be  withheld  pursuant  to  applicable
federal, state and local tax withholding  requirements.  If the Company proposes
or is required to distribute  Common Stock  pursuant to the Plan, it may require
the  recipient  to  remit  to  it an  amount  sufficient  to  satisfy  such  tax
withholding  requirements  prior to the  delivery of any  certificates  for such
Common Stock.  The Committee may, in its discretion and subject to such rules as
it may adopt, permit a participant to pay all or a portion of the federal, state
and local  withholding  taxes  arising  in  connection  with the  exercise  of a
Nonqualified  Stock  Option by election to have the Company  withhold  shares of
Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount to be withheld.

     11. TENURE. A participant's right, if any, to continue to serve the Company
or a subsidiary of the Company as an officer, director,  employee, or otherwise,
shall not be enlarged or otherwise  affected by his designation as a participant
under the Plan.

     12. DURATION,  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.  No Stock Option shall be granted
more  than  ten  years  after  the  date  of the  approval  of the  Plan  by the
stockholders of the Company,  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the terms and conditions
applicable  to any Stock Option  granted  prior to such date may  thereafter  be
amended or modified by mutual agreement  between the Company and the participant
or such other  persons as may then have an  interest  therein.  Also,  by mutual
agreement  between the Company and a  participant  hereunder  or under any other
present or future  plan of the  Company,  Stock  Options  may be granted to such
participant in substitution  and exchange for, and in cancellation of, any Stock
Options previously granted such participant under the Plan, or any other present
or future plan of the Company.  The Board of  Directors  may amend the Plan from
time to time or terminate the Plan at any time. However, no action authorized by
this  paragraph  shall reduce the amount of any existing  Stock Option or change
the terms and conditions thereof without the participant's consent. No amendment
of the Plan shall,  without  approval of the  stockholders  of the Company,  (i)
materially  increase  the total  number of shares  which may be issued under the
Plan; (ii)  materially  increase the amount or type of Stock Options that may be
granted  under  the  Plan;  (iii)  materially  modify  the  requirements  as  to
eligibility  for Stock Options under the Plan;  (iv) result in any member of the
Committee  losing his or her status as a  disinterested  person under Rule 16b-3
under the 1934 Act; or (vi) extend the term of this Plan.

                                        3
<PAGE>
     13.  GOVERNING LAW. The Plan,  Stock Options  granted  hereunder and action
taken in connection  herewith shall be governed and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of Delaware  (regardless  of the law that might  otherwise
govern under applicable Delaware principles of conflict of laws).

     14.  GOVERNMENT  REGULATIONS.  The Plan and the grant and exercise of Stock
Options hereunder,  and the obligation of the Company to sell and deliver shares
under  such  Benefits,  shall be  subject  to all  applicable  laws,  rules  and
regulations,  including  without  limitation  all  applicable  federal and state
securities laws.

     15. STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL. The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors of
the Company on May 25, 1995. The Plan and any Stock Options  granted  thereunder
shall be null and void if  stockholder  approval is not obtained  within  twelve
(12) months of the adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors.

                                        4

                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


     THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of October 3, 1999, is by and between POORE
BROTHERS, INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware,
("PBI"),  POORE BROTHERS ARIZONA,  INC., an Arizona corporation ("PBAI"),  POORE
BROTHERS  DISTRIBUTING,   INC.,  an  Arizona  corporation  ("PBDI"),   TEJAS  PB
DISTRIBUTING,  INC., an Arizona  corporation  ("Tejas") and WABASH FOODS, LLC, a
Delaware  limited  liability  company  ("Wabash"),  (PBI,  PBAI, PBDI, Tejas and
Wabash each a Borrower and collectively the "Borrower" or the "Borrowers"),  and
U.S. BANCORP REPUBLIC  COMMERCIAL  FINANCE,  INC., a Minnesota  corporation (the
"Lender").

                                    ARTICLE I

                        DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

     SECTION I.1 DEFINED TERMS.  As used in this  Agreement the following  terms
shall have the following respective meanings:

          "ACCOUNTS":  Each and every right to payment of Borrower, whether such
right to payment  arises out of a sale or lease of goods by  Borrower,  or other
disposition  of goods or other  property  of  Borrower,  out of a  rendering  of
services by  Borrower,  out of a loan by  Borrower,  out of damage to or loss of
goods in the possession of a railroad or other carrier or any other bailee,  out
of overpayment of taxes or other  liabilities  of Borrower,  or which  otherwise
arises under any contract or  agreement,  or from any other cause,  whether such
right to  payment  now exists or  hereafter  arises  and  whether  such right to
payment  is or is not yet  earned by  performance  and  howsoever  such right to
payment may be evidenced, together with all other rights and interest (including
all liens and security  interests) which Borrower may at any time have by law or
agreement against any account debtor (as defined in the Uniform  Commercial Code
in effect in the State of Minnesota) or other obligor obligated to make any such
payment or against any of the property of such account  debtor or other obligor;
specifically (but without limitation),  the term includes all present and future
instruments,   documents,  chattel  papers,  accounts  and  contract  rights  of
Borrower.

          "ADVANCE": As defined in Section 2.1.

          "ANNIVERSARY  DATE":  shall mean  October 3, 2000 and each October 3rd
thereafter.

          "ANNUAL  NET  PROFIT":  The  after  tax  net  income  or net  loss  as
determined in accordance with GAAP.

          "BORROWING BASE": As defined in Section 2.5.

          "BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE": As defined in Section 2.5.

          "BUSINESS  DAY":  Any day  (other  than a  Saturday,  Sunday  or legal
holiday in the State of  Minnesota)  on which banks are  permitted to be open at
the location of the Lender.

          "CAPITAL  EXPENDITURES":  For any period,  the sum of all amounts that
would, in accordance with GAAP, be included as additions to property,  plant and
equipment on a consolidated statement of cash flows for the Borrower during such
period,   in  respect  of  (a)  the  acquisition,   construction,   improvement,
replacement  or betterment of land,  buildings,  machinery,  equipment or of any
other fixed assets or leaseholds,  (b) to the extent related to and not included
in  (a)  above,  materials,  contract  labor  (excluding  expenditures  properly
chargeable to repairs or  maintenance  in accordance  with GAAP),  and (c) other
capital  expenditures and other uses recorded as capital expenditures or similar
terms having substantially the same effect.

          "CASH  FLOW  COVERAGE  RATIO":  For the period of  determination  with
respect to the Borrowers the ratio of EBITDA to consolidated interest expense.

          "CLOSING  DATE":  Any Business Day between the date of this  Agreement
and  October 15, 1999  selected  by the  Borrower  for the making of the initial
Advance  on the  Revolving  Loan  hereunder;  provided  that all the  conditions
precedent  to the  obligation  of the Lender to make the initial  Advance on the
Revolving  Loan,  as set forth in Article  III,  have been,  or, on such Closing
Date, will be,  satisfied.  The Borrower shall give the Lender not less than one
Business Day's prior notice of the day selected as the Closing Date.

                                        1
<PAGE>
          "COMMITMENTS":  The Revolving  Commitment,  the Term Loan A Commitment
and the Term Loan B Commitment.

          "DEBT SERVICE  COVERAGE RATIO":  For any period of determination  with
respect to the Borrowers, the ratio of

     (a)  EBITDA,

          to

     (b)  all required  principal  payments  with respect to total  Indebtedness
          (including all payments with respect to capitalized  lease obligations
          of the Borrower) plus interest payments,

in each case determined for said period in accordance with GAAP.

          "DEFAULT":  Any event which,  with the giving of notice  (whether such
notice is required  under  Section  7.1, or under some other  provision  of this
Agreement, or otherwise) or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of
Default.

          "EBITDA": For any period of determination, the consolidated Annual Net
Profit of the Borrower  before  deductions for income taxes,  interest  expense,
depreciation and amortization, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

          "ELIGIBLE ACCOUNTS":  Accounts owned by the Borrower which the Lender,
in its sole and absolute discretion,  deems eligible for Advances, but which, at
a minimum,  are subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor
of the Lender and not  subject to any  assignment,  claim or Lien other than the
Lien in favor of the  Lender  and  other  Liens  consented  to by the  Lender in
writing,  but  specifically  excluding  (a) Accounts  which are not earned;  (b)
Accounts which are unpaid more than ninety (90) days after the original  invoice
date or 60 days past the due  date,  whichever  is less;  (c)  Accounts  owed by
debtors  15% or more of  whose  Accounts  owed  are  otherwise  ineligible;  (d)
Accounts representing  progress billings, or retainages,  or for work covered by
any payment or  performance  bond;  (e) Accounts  owed by any of the  Borrower's
Affiliates;  (f)  Accounts  owed by debtors  not  located in the United  States,
unless  supported  by a letter of credit  issued by a U.S.  bank in favor of the
Borrower  which has been  delivered to the Lender;  (g) Accounts as to which any
warranty  or  representation  contained  in  any  security  agreement  or  other
agreement of the  Borrower  with or given to the Lender with respect to any such
Account is untrue in any material respect;  (h) Accounts as to which the account
debtor  has  disputed  liability,  or made any claim  with  respect to any other
Account due from such account  debtor to the Borrower;  (i) Accounts  subject to
setoff;  (j)  Accounts as to which the account  debtor has filed a petition  for
bankruptcy or any other petition for relief under the Bankruptcy Code,  assigned
any assets for the benefit of creditors, or if any petition or other application
for relief under the Bankruptcy  Code has been filed against the account debtor,
or if the account debtor has failed,  suspended business,  become insolvent,  or
has had or  suffered  a  receiver  or a  trustee  to be  appointed  for all or a
significant  portion  of  its  assets  or  affairs;  (k)  Accounts  owed  by any
government or government  agency; (l) Accounts evidenced by a promissory note or
other instrument;  and (m) Accounts as to which the Lender  reasonably  believes
that collection of any such Account is insecure or that any such Account may not
be paid by reason of the account debtor's financial inability to pay.

          "ELIGIBLE  INVENTORY":  Inventory of the Borrower which the Lender, in
its sole and absolute discretion,  deems eligible for Advances,  but which meets
the following minimum requirements:  (a) it is owned by the Borrower, is subject
to a first priority  perfected  security interest in favor of the Lender, and is
not subject to any  assignment,  claim or Lien other than (i) a Lien in favor of
the Lender and (ii) Liens consented to by the Lender in writing; (b) it consists
of raw  materials  or  finished  product  (not  including  work in  process  and
supplies);  (c) if held  for  sale or lease or  furnishing  under  contracts  of
service,  it is (except as the Lender may otherwise  consent in writing) new and
unused; (d) except as the Lender may otherwise consent,  it is not stored with a
bailee,  warehouseman or similar party; if so stored with the Lender's  consent,
such  bailee,  warehouseman  or similar  party has issued and  delivered  to the
Lender,  in form and  substance  acceptable  to the Lender,  such  documents and
agreements as the Lender may require, including,  without limitation,  warehouse
receipts  therefor in the Lender's name; (e) the Lender has  determined,  in its
reasonable  discretion,  that it is not unacceptable due to age, type, category,
quality and/or  quantity;  (f) it is not held by the Borrower on consignment and
is not subject to any other repurchase or return  agreement;  (g) it is not held
by a  customer  of the  Borrower  or any  other  Person on  consignment;  (h) it
materially complies with all standards imposed by any governmental agency having
regulatory  authority over such goods and/or their use, manufacture or sale; (i)
it is not raw potatoes,  seasonings, film bags, apparel or advertising displays;
and (j) the warranties,  representations and covenants contained in any security

                                        2
<PAGE>
agreement  or other  agreement  of the  Borrower  with or  given  to the  Lender
relating directly or indirectly to the Borrower's Inventory are applicable to it
without exception.

          "EVENT OF DEFAULT": Any event described in Section 7.1.

          "FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO":  For any period of  determination  with
respect to the Borrower, the ratio of

     (a)  EBITDA,

          to

     (b)  all required  principal  payments  with respect to total  Indebtedness
          (including all payments with respect to capitalized  lease obligations
          of the  Borrower)  plus interest  payments,  plus  unfinanced  Capital
          Expenditures,

in each case determined for said period in accordance with GAAP.

          "GAAP":  Generally  accepted  accounting  principles  set forth in the
statements and pronouncements of the Financial  Accounting Standards Board or in
such other  statements  by such other entity as may be approved by a significant
segment of the accounting profession,  which are applicable to the circumstances
as of any date of determination.

          "INDEBTEDNESS": Any indebtedness for borrowed money.

          "INTANGIBLE  ASSETS":  All of Borrowers' right, title, and interest in
and to any bank deposit accounts,  customer deposit accounts,  deposits,  rights
related  to  prepaid  expenses,   negotiable  or  nonnegotiable  instruments  or
securities,  chattel  paper,  choses in  action,  causes of action and all other
intangible  personal  property of every kind and nature  (other than  Accounts),
including without limitation,  corporate or other business records,  inventions,
designs, patents, patent applications,  trademarks,  trade names, trade secrets,
goodwill,  registrations,  copyrights, licenses, franchises, customer lists, tax
refunds,  tax refund  claims,  customs  claims,  guarantee  claims,  cooperative
memberships or patronage benefits, notes payable to Borrowers for capital stock,
leasehold  interests in real and personal property and any security interests or
other  security held by or granted to Borrowers to secure payment by any account
debtor of any of the Accounts,  and any other "general  intangibles" (as defined
in the Uniform Commercial Code).

          "INVENTORY":  Any and all of the Borrower's goods, including,  without
limitation,  goods in transit,  wherever located which are or may at any time be
leased by the Borrower to a lessee, held for sale or lease,  furnished under any
contract of service or held as raw  materials,  work in process,  or supplies or
materials used or consumed in the Borrower's business, or which are held for use
in connection with the manufacture,  packing, shipping, advertising,  selling or
finishing of such goods, and all goods,  the sale or other  disposition of which
has given rise to an Account,  which are returned to and/or  repossessed  and/or
stopped in transit by the  Borrower or the Lender,  or at any time  hereafter in
the possession or under the control of the Borrower or the Lender,  or any agent
or bailee of  either  thereof,  and all  documents  of title or other  documents
representing the same.

          "LANDLORD  WAIVERS":  Those  waivers  to  be  executed  by  La  Cometa
Properties,  Inc.  and  American  Pacific  Financial  Corporation  in  form  and
substance satisfactory to the Lender.

          "LIEN":  With respect to any Person, any security interest,  mortgage,
pledge,  lien,  charge,  encumbrance,  title  retention  agreement  or analogous
instrument  or  device   (including  the  interest  of  each  lessor  under  any
capitalized  lease),  in, of or on any assets or properties of such Person,  now
owned or hereafter acquired, whether arising by agreement or operation of law.

          "LOAN  DOCUMENTS":  This  Agreement,  the  Notes,  and  any  documents
described in Section 3.1(a)(vii), (a)(ix), (a)(x), (a)(xi) and (a)(xii).

          "NOTES": The Revolving Note and the Term Notes.

          "PERSON":  Any  natural  person,  corporation,   partnership,  limited
partnership,   joint   venture,   firm,   association,   trust,   unincorporated
organization,  government or governmental agency or political subdivision or any
other entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

                                        3
<PAGE>
          "PRODUCER  PAYABLES":  All amounts at any time payable by Borrower for
the purchase of  Inventory  or other  products  from  producers of  agricultural
products and which are subject to PACA laws.

          "REFERENCE  RATE":  The rate of  interest  from time to time  publicly
announced by U.S. Bank National  Association as its "reference rate." The Lender
may lend to its  customers  at rates that are at,  above or below the  Reference
Rate. For purposes of determining any interest rate hereunder or under the Notes
which is based on the  Reference  Rate,  such  interest rate shall change as and
when the Reference Rate changes.

          "REVOLVING COMMITMENT":  The obligation of the Lender to make Advances
to  the  Borrower  on  the  Revolving  Loan  in an  aggregate  principal  amount
outstanding at any time not to exceed the Revolving  Commitment  Amount upon the
terms and subject to the conditions and limitations of this Agreement.

          "REVOLVING COMMITMENT AMOUNT": As defined in Section 2.1.

          "REVOLVING LOAN": As defined in Section 2.1(a).

          "REVOLVING MATURITY DATE": As defined in Section 2.1(a).

          "REVOLVING NOTE": As defined in Section 2.3.

          "SECURITY AGREEMENT":  That Security Agreement executed by each of the
Borrowers in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

          "SUBORDINATION  AGREEMENTS":  Those  Subordination  Agreements  to  be
executed by Renaissance Capital Growth & Income Fund III, Inc. and the Borrowers
and by Wells Fargo Small Business Investment Company,  Inc. and the Borrowers in
form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

          "SUBSIDIARY":  Any corporation or other entity of which  securities or
other  ownership  interests  having  ordinary voting power for the election of a
majority of the board of directors or other Persons performing similar functions
are owned by the Borrower either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries.

          "TANGIBLE CAPITAL BASE": As defined in Section 6.9.

          "TERM LOAN A": As defined in Section 2.1(b).

          "TERM LOAN B": As defined in Section 2.1(c).

          "TERM LOAN A COMMITMENT":  The obligation of the Lender to make a term
loan to the  Borrower  in the Term Loan A  Commitment  Amount upon the terms and
subject to the conditions and limitations of this Agreement.

          "TERM LOAN B COMMITMENT":  The obligation of the Lender to make a term
loan to the  Borrower  in the Term Loan B  Commitment  Amount upon the terms and
subject to the conditions and limitations of this Agreement.

          "TERM LOAN A COMMITMENT AMOUNT": As defined in Section 2.1(b).

          "TERM LOAN B COMMITMENT AMOUNT": As defined in Section 2.1(c).

          "TERM NOTE A": As defined in Section 2.3.

          "TERM NOTE B": As defined in Section 2.3.

          "TERM NOTES": Term Note A and Term Note B.

     SECTION I.2 ACCOUNTING TERMS AND  CALCULATIONS.  Except as may be expressly
provided to the  contrary  herein,  all  accounting  terms used herein  shall be
interpreted  and  all  accounting  determinations  hereunder  shall  be  made in
accordance with GAAP.

                                        4
<PAGE>
     SECTION I.3 OTHER  DEFINITIONAL  TERMS,  TERMS OF  CONSTRUCTION.  The words
"hereof," "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar import when used in this
Agreement  shall refer to this  Agreement  as a whole and not to any  particular
provision of this Agreement. References to Sections, Exhibits, Schedules and the
like  references  are to  Sections,  Exhibits,  Schedules  and the  like of this
Agreement unless otherwise expressly provided.  The words "include,"  "includes"
and  "including"  shall  be  deemed  to  be  followed  by  the  phrase  "without
limitation." Unless the context in which used herein otherwise clearly requires,
"or"  has  the  inclusive  meaning  represented  by  the  phrase  "and/or."  All
incorporations by reference of covenants, terms, definitions or other provisions
from other agreements are incorporated into this Agreement as if such provisions
were fully set forth herein,  and include all necessary  definitions and related
provisions from such other  agreements.  All covenants,  terms,  definitions and
other  provisions  from other  agreements  incorporated  into this  Agreement by
reference  shall  survive any  termination  of such other  agreements  until the
obligations of the Borrower  under this Agreement and the Notes are  irrevocably
paid in full and the Revolving Commitment is terminated.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                TERMS OF LENDING

     SECTION II.1 THE  COMMITMENTS.  On the terms and subject to the  conditions
hereof, the Lender agrees to make the following lending facilities  available to
the Borrower:

               II.1 (a)  Revolving  Credit.  A  revolving  loan (the  "Revolving
     Loan") to the Borrower  available as advances  ("Advances") at any time and
     from time to time from the Closing Date to October 3, 2002 (the  "Revolving
     Maturity  Date"),  during which  period the Borrower may borrow,  repay and
     reborrow in  accordance  with the  provisions  hereof,  provided,  that the
     unpaid principal amount of revolving  Advances shall not at any time exceed
     $3,000,000 (the "Revolving Commitment Amount"); and provided, further, that
     no revolving  Advance will be made if, after  giving  effect  thereto,  the
     unpaid  principal  amount of the Revolving  Note would exceed the Borrowing
     Base.

               II.1 (b) Term Loan A. A term loan ("Term Loan A") from the Lender
     to the Borrower on the Closing Date in the amount of $5,800,000  (the "Term
     Loan A Commitment Amount"). Term Loan A is a replacement of debt previously
     owed to the  Lender by  Wabash.  The  membership  interests  of Wabash  was
     acquired by PBI.

                                        5
<PAGE>
               II.1 (c) Term Loan B. A term loan ("Term Loan B") from the Lender
     to the  Borrower on the Closing  Date in the amount of $350,000  (the "Term
     Loan B Commitment Amount").

     The total amount  available  under the Revolving Loan and the Term Loans is
the "Facility Amount".

     Notwithstanding  any  provision  hereof,  this  Agreement and the Revolving
Commitment shall terminate and the Lender shall have no obligation  hereunder if
the Term Loans  hereunder  have not been made by  October  15,  1999,  provided,
however,  that the  obligations  of the Borrower under Section 8.2 shall survive
any such termination.

     SECTION II.2  PROCEDURE FOR ADVANCES AND THE TERM LOAN.  Any request by the
Borrower  for an  Advance  on the  Revolving  Loan  shall  be in  writing  or by
telephone  and must be given so as to be  received  by the Lender not later than
10:30 (local time of the Lender) on the requested Advance date. Each request for
an Advance  shall be  irrevocable  and shall be deemed a  representation  by the
Borrower  that on the  requested  Advance date and after  giving  effect to such
Advance the  applicable  conditions  specified in Article III have been and will
continue to be  satisfied.  Each  request for an Advance  shall  specify (i) the
requested  Advance  date (which  must be a Business  Day) and (ii) the amount of
such  Advance.  Unless  the  Lender  determines  that any  applicable  condition
specified in Article III has not been satisfied,  the Lender will make available
to the Borrower at the Lender's principal office in immediately  available funds
not later than 2:00 PM (local time of the Lender) on the requested  Advance date
the amount of the  requested  Advance.  Notice of  intention  to borrow the Term
Loans  shall be subject to the same time limits and other  requirements  of this
Section.

     SECTION  II.3 THE  NOTES.  The  Advances  on the  Revolving  Loan  shall be
evidenced by a single  promissory note of the Borrower (the  "Revolving  Note"),
substantially  in the form of  Exhibit  2.3 (a)  hereto,  in the  amount  of the
Revolving Commitment Amount originally in effect. Term Loan A shall be evidenced
by a promissory note ("Term Note A"),  substantially  in the form of Exhibit 2.3
(b) hereto, in an amount equal to the Term Loan A Commitment Amount. Term Loan B
shall be evidenced by a promissory  note ("Term Note B"),  substantially  in the
form of Exhibit 2.3 (c) hereto, in an amount equal to the Term Loan B Commitment
Amount.  The Lender shall enter in its ledgers and records the payments  made on
the Revolving  Note,  Term Loan A and Term Loan B and the amount of each Advance
made and the payments made thereon, and the Lender is authorized by the Borrower
to enter on a  schedule  attached  to the  Notes a record of such  Advances  and
payments.

     SECTION  II.4  INTEREST  RATES,  INTEREST  PAYMENTS  AND DEFAULT  INTEREST.
Interest shall accrue and be payable on the unpaid balance of the Revolving Note
at a floating rate per annum equal to the sum of the Reference Rate plus 1% (the
latter being the "Applicable  Revolving Margin");  provided,  however, that upon
the happening of any Event of Default,  then,  at the option of the Lender,  the
Revolving  Note shall  thereafter  bear interest at a floating rate equal to the
sum of (a) the Reference Rate, plus (b) the Applicable  Revolving  Margin,  plus
(c) 2%.  Interest shall accrue and be payable on the unpaid balance of Term Note
A at a floating rate per annum equal to the Reference Rate;  provided,  however,
that upon the  happening  of any Event of  Default,  then,  at the option of the
Lender,  Term Note A shall  thereafter bear interest at a floating rate equal to
the sum of (a) the Reference  Rate,  plus (b) 2%.  Interest  shall accrue and be
payable  on the unpaid  balance  of Term Note B at a floating  rate equal to the
Reference  Rate plus 2.5% (the  latter  being the  "Applicable  Term B Margin");
provided, however, that upon the happening of any Event of Default, then, at the
option of the Lender,  Term Note B shall  thereafter bear interest at a floating
rate equal to the sum of (a) the Reference  Rate, plus (b) the Applicable Term B
Margin,  plus (c) 2%.  Interest shall be payable  monthly in arrears on the last
day of each month and upon final payment of the respective Notes.

     SECTION II.5  BORROWING BASE AND MANDATORY  PREPAYMENT.  The Borrowing Base
shall  be  equal to the sum of (1) the  lesser  of (x) 60% of the  lower of cost
(determined  on a  first-in,  first-out  basis)  or  market  value  of  Eligible
Inventory  that  consists  of  finished  goods  and  50% of the  lower  of  cost
(determined  on a  first-in,  first-out  basis)  or  market  value  of  Eligible
Inventory that consists of raw materials, or (y) $1,500,000, plus (2) 80% of the
face value of Eligible  Accounts,  minus,  100% of all Producer Payables and the
total  of all  outstanding  checks  issued  in full or  partial  payment  of any
Producer  Payables which have not been mailed or otherwise  delivered,  provided
however,  that in the event that  dilution of Accounts  increases  above 7.0% as
determined  by the Lender in its absolute and sole  discretion  and/or  turndays
decrease  by  greater  than  25%,  the  Lender  may,  in its  absolute  and sole
discretion  reduce  the  Accounts  Advance  Rate.  The  Borrower  shall  deliver
borrowing  base  certificates  in the form attached  hereto (a  "Borrowing  Base
Certificate")  to the Lender.  Each such  certificate  shall state the amount of
Eligible Inventory,  Eligible Accounts.  Any limitations on advances or required
prepayments  relating  to the  Borrowing  Base  shall  be  based  on the  latest
borrowing base certificate the Borrower shall have delivered to the Lender.

                                        6
<PAGE>
     SECTION II.6 REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT.

               II.6  (a)  REPAYMENT  OF THE  REVOLVING  NOTE.  Principal  of the
     Revolving Note shall be payable in full on the Revolving Maturity Date. The
     Borrower may repay the  Revolving  Note,  in whole or in part, at any time,
     without  premium or penalty.  Amounts  prepaid on the Revolving  Note under
     this Section may be reborrowed upon the terms and subject to the conditions
     and limitations of this Agreement.

               II.6 (b)  REPAYMENT  OF TERM NOTE A.  Principal of Term Note A is
     payable as provided in Term Note A. Any  prepayment  must be accompanied by
     accrued  and  unpaid  interest  on the amount  prepaid.  Amounts so prepaid
     cannot be reborrowed.

               II.6 (c)  REPAYMENT  OF TERM NOTE B.  Principal of Term Note B is
     payable as provided in Term Note B. Any  prepayment  must be accompanied by
     accrued  and  unpaid  interest  on the amount  prepaid.  Amounts so prepaid
     cannot be reborrowed.

     SECTION II.7 ANNUAL FEE. The Borrower shall pay to the Lender an annual fee
in an amount  equal to  $15,000  (the  "Annual  Fee").  The  Annual Fee shall be
payable in  advance on the  Closing  Date and on each  Anniversary  Date of this
Agreement and all Annual Fees are fully earned when due and are non-refundable.

     SECTION  II.8  WABASH  SALE FEE.  The  Borrowers  shall pay to the Lender a
success fee in an amount equal to $715,000  (the "Wabash Sale Fee").  The Wabash
Sale Fee shall be payable on June 30, 2000. If payment of the Wabash Sale Fee is
not made on or before  June 30,  2000,  the amount of the Wabash  Sale Fee shall
increase  by $200 per day until  such time as the Wabash  Sale Fee is paid.  The
Wabash  Sale  Fee is  fully  earned  upon  execution  of this  Agreement  and is
non-refundable.

     SECTION II.9 WIRE TRANSFER FEE.  Borrower shall pay a wire transfer  charge
of $20 per wire transfer of any Advance.

     SECTION II.10  TERMINATION  FEE. In the event that the Revolving Loan, Term
Loan A or Term Loan B is  prepaid  prior to the third  Anniversary  Date of this
Agreement,  the  Borrower  will  pay to  the  Lender  a  prepayment  charge,  as
additional  compensation for the Lender's costs of entering into this Agreement,
in the  amount of (i) 3% of the  Facility  Amount if the  notice of  termination
occurs prior to the first  Anniversary  Date of this  Agreement;  (ii) 2% of the
Facility Amount if the notice of termination  occurs after the first Anniversary
Date, but prior to the second  Anniversary Date of this Agreement;  and (iii) 1%
of the  maximum  aggregate  amount  of the  Facility  Amount  if the  notice  of
termination  occurs  after the  second  Anniversary  Date,  but before the third
Anniversary Date of this Agreement.

     SECTION II.11  EQUIPMENT LOAN ASSUMPTION FEE. The Borrower shall pay to the
Lender an equipment loan assumption fee in the amount of $43,500 (the "Equipment
Loan Assumption Fee"). The Equipment Loan Assumption Fee shall be payable on the
Closing Date. The Equipment Loan  Assumption Fee is fully earned when due and is
non-refundable.

     SECTION II.12  COMPUTATION.  Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the
basis of actual days elapsed and a year of 360 days.

                                   ARTICLE III

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     SECTION III.1  CONDITIONS OF INITIAL  REVOLVING  ADVANCE AND TERM LOAN. The
obligation of the Lender to make the initial  Advance on the Revolving  Loan and
the  Term  Loan  hereunder  shall  be  subject  to  the  prior  or  simultaneous
fulfillment of each of the following conditions:

                    III.1 (a)  DOCUMENTS.  The Lender  shall have  received  the
following:

                    (i) The Notes executed by duly  authorized  officers of each
          of the Borrowers and dated the Closing Date.

                    (ii) A copy  of the  corporate  resolutions  of  each of the
          Borrowers authorizing the execution,  delivery and performance of this
          Agreement  and the  Notes and  containing  an  incumbency  certificate
          showing the names and  titles,  and  bearing  the  signatures  of, the
          officers of each Borrower authorized to execute this Agreement and the
          Notes,  certified  as of  the  Closing  Date  by the  Secretary  or an
          Assistant Secretary of each of the Borrower.

                                        7
<PAGE>
                    (iii) A copy of the Articles of Incorporation of each of the
          Borrowers or Articles of  Organization  in the case of Wabash with all
          amendments thereto, certified by the appropriate governmental official
          of  the  jurisdiction  of  its  incorporation  as  of  a  recent  date
          acceptable to Lender and its counsel.

                    (iv) A certificate of good standing for each Borrower in the
          jurisdiction  of  its  incorporation,  certified  by  the  appropriate
          governmental  officials as of a recent date  acceptable  to Lender and
          its counsel.

                    (v) A copy of the bylaws of the Borrowers,  or the Operating
          Agreement  in the case of Wabash,  certified as of the Closing Date by
          the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower,  or a Manager
          in the case of Wabash.

                    (vi)  The  opinion  of  counsel  to  each  of the  Borrowers
          covering such matters as the Lender may request.

                    (vii) The Security  Agreement  duly  executed by each of the
          Borrowers.

                    (viii) The initial Borrowing Base Certificate required under
          Section 2.5.

                    (ix) A Warrant Agreement for 50,000 shares of PBI stock with
          customary piggy-back registration rights exercisable on or before July
          1, 2004.

                    (x)  The  Landlord's  Waivers  duly  executed  by La  Cometa
          Properties,  Inc. and American Pacific  Financial  Corporation and the
          Borrower.

                    (xi)  The   Subordination   Agreements   duly   executed  by
          Renaissance  Capital  Growth and Income Fund III, Inc. and Wells Fargo
          Small Business Investment Company, Inc.

                    (xii)  Assignment  of Accounts  Agreements  duly executed by
          each of the Borrowers and U.S. Bank National Association.

                    (xiii) Evidence of insurance required to be maintained under
          Section  5.3  naming  the  Lender  as  lender  loss  payee in form and
          substance satisfactory to the Lender.

                    III.1  (b)  OTHER  MATTERS.  All  organizational  and  legal
proceedings  relating to the  Borrower and all  instruments  and  agreements  in
connection  with  the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  shall  be
satisfactory in scope, form and substance to the Lender and its counsel, and the
Lender  shall  have  received  all  information  and  copies  of all  documents,
including  records  of  corporate  proceedings,  which  it may  reasonably  have
requested in  connection  therewith,  such  documents  where  appropriate  to be
certified by proper Borrower or governmental authorities.

                    III.1 (c) FEES AND EXPENSES.  The Lender shall have received
all fees and other  amounts due and  payable by the  Borrower on or prior to the
Closing  Date,  including  the  reasonable  fees and  expenses of counsel to the
Lender payable pursuant to Section 8.2.

                    III.1 (d) PERFECTION.  The Security  Agreement (or financing
statements  with respect  thereto)  shall have been  appropriately  filed to the
satisfaction  of the Lender and the priority and  perfection of the Lien created
thereby shall have been established to the satisfaction of the Lender.

     SECTION III.2  CONDITIONS  PRECEDENT TO ALL ADVANCES.  The Lender shall not
have any  obligation to make the Term Loans or any Advance on the Revolving Loan
(including   Advances   after  the  initial   Advance)   hereunder   unless  all
representations  and  warranties of the Borrower made in this  Agreement  remain
true and correct and no Default or Event of Default exists.

                                        8
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IV

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender:

     SECTION IV.1  ORGANIZATION,  STANDING,  ETC. The Borrowers are corporations
(except  Wabash which is a limited  liability  company)  duly  incorporated  and
validly  existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the  jurisdiction  of
their  incorporation  and have all  requisite  corporate  power and authority to
carry on their  business as now  conducted,  to enter into this Agreement and to
issue the Notes and to perform their obligations hereunder and thereunder.  This
Agreement and the Notes have been duly  authorized  by all  necessary  corporate
action and when executed and delivered will be the legal and binding obligations
of each of the  Borrowers.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
Notes will not violate the Borrowers' Articles of Incorporation or bylaws or any
law applicable to the Borrower. No governmental consent or exemption is required
in connection  with the Borrowers'  execution and delivery of this Agreement and
the Notes.

     SECTION IV.2  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND NO MATERIAL  ADVERSE  CHANGE.  The
Borrowers'  audited  financial  statements  as at  December  31,  1998  and  its
unaudited financial  statements as at June 30, 1999, as heretofore  furnished to
the Lender,  have been  prepared in  accordance  with GAAP.  The Borrower has no
material obligation or liability not disclosed in such financial statements, and
there has been no material adverse change in the condition of the Borrower since
the dates of such financial statements.

     SECTION IV.3 LITIGATION. There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending
or, to the  knowledge  of the  Borrower,  threatened  against or  affecting  the
Borrower which, if determined adversely to the Borrower,  would have, a material
adverse  effect  on  the  condition  of the  Borrower.  The  Borrower  is not in
violation of any law or regulation (including environmental laws and regulations
and laws  relating  to  employee  benefit  plans)  where  such  violation  could
reasonably be expected to impose a material liability on the Borrower.

     SECTION IV.4 TAXES. The Borrower has filed all federal, state and local tax
returns  required to be filed and has paid or made  provision for the payment of
all  taxes  due  and  payable  pursuant  to such  returns  and  pursuant  to any
assessments  made against it or any of its property  (other than taxes,  fees or
charges the amount or validity of which is  currently  being  contested  in good
faith  by  appropriate  proceedings  and  with  respect  to  which  reserves  in
accordance with GAAP have been provided on the books of the Borrower).

     SECTION IV.5  SUBSIDIARIES.  All Borrowers  except PBI are  Subsidiaries of
PBI. No Borrower has any other subsidiary, except for Poore Brothers Texas which
is being liquidated, no other Borrower has any subsidiary.

     SECTION  IV.6 YEAR 2000 The Borrower has reviewed and assessed its business
operations  and  computer  systems  and  applications  to address the "year 2000
problem"  (that  is,  that  computer  applications  and  equipment  used  by the
Borrower,  directly  or  indirectly  through  third  parties,  may be  unable to
properly perform  date-sensitive  functions before,  during and after January 1,
2000).  The  Borrower  reasonably  believes  that the year 2000 problem will not
result  in a  material  adverse  change  in the  Borrower's  business  condition
(financial  or  otherwise),  operations,  properties  or prospects or ability to
repay the  Lender.  The  Borrower is in the  process of  implementing  a plan to
remediate year 2000 problems and will complete  implementation of such plan with
respect to any material year 2000 problems,  and testing  thereof,  by September
30, 1999. The Borrower agrees that this  representation will be true and correct
on and shall be deemed made by the Borrower on each date the  Borrower  requests
any Advance under this Agreement or the Notes or delivers any information to the
Lender.  The  Borrower  will  promptly  deliver to the Lender  such  information
relating to this representation and covenant as the Lender requests from time to
time.

                                    ARTICLE V

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     Until the Revolving  Commitment  shall have expired or been  terminated and
the Notes and all of the Borrower's  other  obligations to the Lender under this
Agreement  shall  have been paid in full,  unless  the  Lender  shall  otherwise
consent in writing:

     SECTION V.1 FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS AND REPORTS. The Borrower will furnish to
the Lender:

                                        9
<PAGE>
                    V.1 (a) As soon as  available  and in any event  within  120
days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower,  consolidated  financial
statements of the Borrower,  prepared in accordance with GAAP,  consisting of at
least statements of income, cash flow and changes in stockholders' equity, and a
balance  sheet  as at the end of  such  year,  setting  forth  in  each  case in
comparative form corresponding figures from the previous annual audit, certified
without  qualification by independent  certified public accountants  selected by
the Borrower and acceptable to the Lender.  The Lender  acknowledges that any of
the "Big Five" certified public accounting firms are acceptable to it.

                    V.1 (b) As soon as available and in any event within 30 days
after the end of each month, unaudited consolidated financial statements for the
Borrower,  prepared in accordance  with GAAP,  for such month and for the period
from the  beginning of such fiscal year to the end of such month,  substantially
similar to the annual audited statements.

                    V.1 (c) As soon as  practicable  and in any event  within 30
days  after  the  end  of  each  fiscal   quarter,   a  compliance   certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit 5.1(c) hereto and a statement signed by the
chief  financial  officer  of the  Borrower  stating  that as at the end of such
fiscal  quarter  there did not exist any Default or Event of Default or, if such
Default  or Event of  Default  existed,  specifying  the  nature  and  period of
existence  thereof and what action the  Borrower  proposes to take with  respect
thereto.

                    V.1  (d)  Immediately  upon  any  officer  of  the  Borrower
becoming  aware of any  Default or Event of  Default,  a notice  describing  the
nature  thereof  and what  action the  Borrower  proposes  to take with  respect
thereto.

                    V.1 (e) Concurrently  with each request for an Advance,  and
in any event not less than weekly, a Borrowing Base Certificate.

                    V.1 (f) As  soon  as  practicable  and in any  event  within
fifteen days of the end of each month,  (i) a listing of all accounts,  together
with an aging of all accounts and a reconciliation  of such accounts against the
listing  submitted  pursuant hereto for the immediately  preceding month, (ii) a
list of all  inventory,  setting  forth the fair  market  value and cost of such
inventory and (iii) a listing of all accounts payable, together with an aging of
all accounts  payable all in form and substance  reasonably  satisfactory to the
Lender;  and (iv) a listing of all Producer Payables and a listing of all checks
outstanding  in full or partial  payment of any Producer  Payable which have not
been mailed or otherwise delivered.

                    V.1 (g) As  soon  as  practicable  and in any  event  within
fifteen  days of the end of each  quarter,  a  customer  listing  including  the
contact person, addresses and phone numbers of each account debtor.

                    V.1 (h)  Within  five  days  after  the due  date,  proof of
payment or deposit, when due, of all withholding and F.I.C.A. taxes owing by the
Borrower from time to time, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Lender by a payroll  service  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Lender and whose
services the Borrower shall at all times retain.

                    V.1 (i) From time to time, such other information  regarding
the business,  operation  and financial  condition of the Borrower as the Lender
may reasonably request.

         SECTION  V.2  CORPORATE  EXISTENCE.  The  Borrower  will  maintain  its
corporate  existence  in good  standing  under the laws of its  jurisdiction  of
incorporation  and its  qualification to transact  business in each jurisdiction
where  failure  so to qualify  would  permanently  preclude  the  Borrower  from
enforcing  its rights with  respect to any  material  asset or would  expose the
Borrower to any material liability.

         SECTION V.3  INSURANCE.  The Borrower will  maintain  with  financially
sound and reputable insurance companies such insurance as may be required by law
and such  other  insurance  in such  amounts  and  against  such  hazards  as is
customary in the case of reputable  corporations  engaged in the same or similar
business and similarly situated.

         SECTION V.4 PAYMENT OF TAXES AND CLAIMS. The Borrower will file all tax
returns  and  reports  which are  required by law to be filed by it and will pay
before they become delinquent,  all taxes,  assessments and governmental charges
and levies imposed upon it or its property and all claims or demands of any kind
(including those of suppliers, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen,  landlords and
other like  Persons)  which,  if unpaid,  might result in the creation of a Lien
upon its property.

                                       10
<PAGE>
         SECTION V.5 INSPECTION.  The Borrower will permit any Person designated
by the Lender to visit and inspect any of the  properties,  books and  financial
records of the Borrower,  to examine and to make copies of the books of accounts
and other  financial  records  of the  Borrower,  and to  discuss  the  affairs,
finances and accounts of the Borrower with its officers at such reasonable times
and  intervals as the Lender may  designate.  The Borrower  shall also allow the
Lender and its agents to conduct  periodic  collateral  audits of the Borrower's
assets at such intervals as the Lender may choose, and the Borrower shall pay to
Lender  a fee in  the  amount  of  $750  per  day  per  collateral  audit,  plus
out-of-pocket  costs and expenses  incurred in connection  with such  collateral
audits,  (provided  that so long as no  Event of  Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing, the Borrower shall not be required to pay for more than 4 collateral
audits in any calendar year).

         SECTION V.6  MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES.  The Borrower will maintain its
properties in good  condition,  repair and working order,  and supplied with all
necessary  equipment,  and make all necessary repairs,  renewals,  replacements,
betterments  and  improvements  thereto,  all as may be  necessary  so that  the
business carried on in connection  therewith may be properly and  advantageously
conducted at all times.

         SECTION V.7 BOOKS AND  RECORDS.  The  Borrower  will keep  adequate and
proper  records and books of account in which full and correct  entries  will be
made of its dealings, business and affairs.

         SECTION  V.8  COMPLIANCE.  The  Borrower  will  comply in all  material
respects with all laws, rules and regulations to which it may be subject.

         SECTION V.9 NOTICE OF LITIGATION. The Borrower will give prompt written
notice to the  Lender of the  commencement  of any  action,  suit or  proceeding
affecting the Borrower alleging a claim for damages in excess of $50,000.

         SECTION V.10 PLANS.  The Borrower  will  maintain any employee  benefit
plans in  compliance  with all  material  requirements  of  applicable  laws and
regulations.

         SECTION V.11  SPECIAL AGREEMENTS REGARDING ACCOUNTS.

                    5.11(a)  Collection of Accounts and all other amounts due to
the  Borrower  shall be subject  to the  provisions  of  sections 5 and 6 of the
Security  Agreements  concerning  the Lockbox and  Collateral  Account (as those
terms are defined in the Security Agreements). The Borrower shall provide to the
Lender, not less than weekly, a Collection Report of all Accounts collected. All
collections  received  in the  Collateral  Account  and  reported to Lender on a
Collection  Report on a form furnished by Lender before 10:00 a.m.  (CST/CDT) on
any  Business  Day that is a Monday  through  Thursday  and  2:00  p.m.  Fridays
(CST/CDT),  shall be applied to the  payment of the  Advances  (in such order of
application  as the  Lender  may  determine)  on the day so  received;  provided
however,  that for purposes of  determining  the interest due and payable on the
unpaid balance of the Advances and Term Loans under Section 2.3, all collections
received in the Collateral Account shall be applied to the unpaid balance of the
Advances upon receipt of the daily Collection  Report from Borrowers  evidencing
deposits actually made and after allowing two (2) Business Days for collection.

                    5.11(b)  Subject  to the  rights  granted  to the  Lender in
section 5 of the  Security  Agreements,  all ledger  sheets or cards,  invoices,
shipping records, correspondence, and other writings relating to accounts shall,
until  delivered  to the Lender or removed  by the  Lender  from the  Borrower's
premises,  be kept on the  Borrower's  premises  without  cost to the  Lender in
appropriate  containers  in safe  places.  Borrower has the right to be provided
with copies of all removed materials after a reasonable time.

                    5.11(c)  Upon  the  Lender's   demand  for  payment  or  the
occurrence  of an Event of Default,  the Lender may remove  from the  Borrower's
premises all books and records, correspondence,  documents and files relating to
accounts;  and the Lender may without  cost or expense to the Lender use such of
the Borrower's personnel,  supplies, space and equipment at the Borrowers' place
of  business  as the  Lender may desire for the  handling  of  collections.  The
Borrowers  will pay any and all out of pocket  expenses  and cost of  collection
(including  reasonable  attorney  fees)  incurred by the Lender in the  Lender's
handling of or effort to enforce collections.

                    5.11(d)  The  Borrower  warrants  that,  except  as  may  be
disclosed  in the lists of  Accounts  furnished  to the  Lender:  each  customer
billing  statement  correctly  states the subject  matter and terms of sale; the
merchandise  conforms thereto and is in all respects acceptable to the customer;
the date of the  billing  statement  is not prior to the date of  shipment;  the
Account is not subject to any  dispute,  defense,  offset or  counterclaim;  the
account debtor is not a subsidiary or affiliated company; and the Borrowers have
no reason to  believe  the  Account  will not be paid in the  regular  course of
business.   The  Borrowers  will  notify  the  Lender  promptly  of  any  event,
circumstance or  communication  with respect to any Account that is inconsistent
with the foregoing representation.

                                       11
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE VI

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     Until the Revolving  Commitment  shall have expired or been  terminated and
the Notes and all of the Borrower's  other  obligations to the Lender under this
Agreement  shall  have been paid in full,  unless  the  Lender  shall  otherwise
consent in writing:

     SECTION VI.1 MERGER.  Unless prior  consent of the Lender is obtained,  the
Borrower   will  not  merge  or   consolidate   or  enter  into  any   analogous
reorganization or transaction with any Person or liquidate,  wind up or dissolve
itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution) or permit any Subsidiary to do
any of the foregoing;  provided,  however,  any Subsidiary may be merged with or
liquidated into the Borrower or any wholly-owned  Subsidiary (if the Borrower or
such wholly-owned Subsidiary is the surviving corporation).

     SECTION VI.2 SALE OF ASSETS. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiary to, sell, transfer,  lease or otherwise convey all or any substantial
part of its  assets  except for sales and leases of  inventory  in the  ordinary
course of business, and except for sales of equipment having a fair market value
not to exceed  $50,000 in the  aggregate per calendar year where the proceeds of
such equipment are used to reduce the amount of the Advances.

     SECTION  VI.3  DIVIDENDS.  The  Borrower  will  not  pay any  dividends  or
otherwise make any  distributions  on, or redemptions of, any of its outstanding
stock.

     SECTION VI.4 CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. The Borrowers will not make expenditures
for fixed or capital  assets in an amount  exceeding  $335,000 on a consolidated
basis in any fiscal year.

     SECTION VI.5  INVESTMENTS.  The Borrower  will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiary  to, make any loans,  advances or  extensions  of credit to any other
Person (except for trade and customer accounts  receivable for inventory sold or
services  rendered in the ordinary  course of business and payable in accordance
with  customary  trade  terms) or purchase or acquire any stock or other debt or
equity securities of or any interest in any other Person or any integral part of
any business or the assets comprising such business or part thereof, except for:

                    VI.5  (a)   Investments   in   readily   marketable   direct
obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States government
or any agency  thereof and  supported by the full faith and credit of the United
States.

                    VI.5 (b)  Certificates  of deposit or  bankers'  acceptances
issued by any commercial  Bank organized  under the laws of the United States or
any State  thereof  which  has (i)  combined  capital  and  surplus  of at least
$100,000,000,   and  (ii)  a  credit   rating  with  respect  to  its  unsecured
indebtedness from a nationally recognized rating service that is satisfactory to
the Lender.

                    VI.5 (c)  Commercial  paper  given the  highest  rating by a
nationally recognized rating service.

                    VI.5 (d) Repurchase agreements relating to securities of the
kind described in subsection (a) of this Section.

                    VI.5  (e)  Other  readily  marketable  investments  in  debt
securities which are reasonably acceptable to the Lender.

                    VI.5 (f) Advances to officers and  employees or  investments
by the Borrower at any time to any affiliated corporation or partnership who are
not a party to this Agreement, not in excess of $50,000 in the aggregate.

Any investments  under clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d) above must mature within one
year of the acquisition thereof by the Borrower.

                                       12
<PAGE>
     SECTION VI.6  INDEBTEDNESS.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiary  to,  borrow any money or issue any bonds,  debentures  or other debt
securities or otherwise  become obligated on any  interest-bearing  indebtedness
except for the Term Loan and Advances under this Agreement.

     SECTION  VI.7  LIENS.  The  Borrower  will  not,  and will not  permit  any
Subsidiary to, create,  incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien, or enter into
any arrangement for the acquisition of any property  through  conditional  sale,
lease-purchase or other title retention agreements except:

                    VI.7 (a) Liens granted to the Lender.

                    VI.7 (b) Liens  existing on the date of this  Agreement  and
disclosed on Exhibit 6.7 hereto.

                    VI.7 (c)  Deposits or pledges to secure  payment of workers'
compensation,  unemployment insurance, old age pensions or other social security
obligations arising in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower.

                    VI.7 (d) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments and governmental
charges not delinquent.

                    VI.7 (e)  Liens of  carriers,  warehousemen,  mechanics  and
materialmen,  and other like Liens  arising in the ordinary  course of business,
for sums not due.

                    VI.7 (f) Liens incurred or deposits or pledges made or given
in connection  with, or to secure  payment of,  indemnity,  performance or other
similar bonds.

                    VI.7 (g) Encumbrances in the nature of zoning  restrictions,
easements and rights or  restrictions  of record on the use of real property and
landlord's  Liens under leases on the premises  rented,  which do not materially
detract  from the  value of such  property  or  impair  the use  thereof  in the
business of the Borrower.

     SECTION VI.8  CONTINGENT  OBLIGATIONS.  The Borrower will not, and will not
permit  any  Subsidiary  to,   guarantee  or  otherwise  become  liable  on  the
indebtedness of any other Person.

     SECTION  VI.9  TANGIBLE  CAPITAL  BASE.  The  Borrower  will not permit its
Tangible  Capital Base (the excess of its assets,  excluding  intangible  assets
plus   subordinated   debt   (including  debt   subordinated   pursuant  to  the
Subordination Agreements), over its liabilities, on a consolidated basis) at any
time to be less than (i) $3,000,000 at fiscal year end 1999 and thereafter; (ii)
$3,500,000 at fiscal year end 2000 and (iii) $4,000,000 at fiscal year end 2001.

     SECTION  VI.10 CASH FLOW COVERAGE  RATIO.  The Borrower will not permit the
ratio of its EBITDA to its consolidated  interest expense,  as of (i) the fiscal
quarter  ending  March 31,  2000 to be less than  2.25 to 1 for  fiscal  quarter
ending on that date;  (ii) the fiscal  quarter  ending  June 30, 2000 to be less
than 2.25 to 1 for the two  consecutive  fiscal  quarters  ending on that  date;
(iii) the fiscal quarter ending September 20, 2000 to be less than 2.25 to 1 for
the three  consecutive  fiscal quarters ending on that date; and (iv) the fiscal
quarter  ending  on  December  31,  2000 and as of the last day of every  fiscal
quarter  thereafter to be less than 2.25 to 1.0 for the four consecutive  fiscal
quarters ending on that date.

     SECTION VI.11 FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO. The Borrower will not permit the
Fixed Charge  Coverage Ratio, as of (i) the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2000
to be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending on that date;  (ii) the
fiscal  quarter  ending  June  30,  2000 to be less  than 1.0 to 1.0 for the two
consecutive fiscal quarters ending on that date; (iii) the fiscal quarter ending
September 30, 2000 to be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the three  consecutive  fiscal
quarters ending on that date; and (iv) the fiscal quarter ending on December 31,
2000 and as of the last day of every fiscal  quarter  thereafter to be less than
1.0 to 1.0 for the four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on that date.

     SECTION VI.12 DEBT SERVICE COVERAGE RATIO. The Borrower will not permit the
Debt Service  Coverage  Ratio, as of the (i) the fiscal quarter ending March 31,
2000 to be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending on that date; (ii)
the fiscal  quarter  ending June 30, 2000 to be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the two
consecutive  quarters  ending on that  date;  (iii) the  fiscal  quarter  ending

                                       13
<PAGE>
September 30, 2000 to be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the three  consecutive  fiscal
quarters ending on that date; and (iv) the fiscal quarter ending on December 31,
2000 and as of the last day of every fiscal  quarter  thereafter to be less than
1.0 to 1.0 for the four  consecutive  fiscal  quarters ending on that date. This
ratio shall exclude the Wabash Sale Fee.

     SECTION VI.13 ANNUAL NET PROFIT. The Borrower will not allow its net profit
to be less than $25,000 for the fourth  quarter  ending  December 31, 1999;  and
will not allow its Annual Net Profit to be less than $500,000 for each of fiscal
year end 2000 and 2001.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                         EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     SECTION VII.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The  occurrence of any one or more of the
following events shall constitute an Event of Default:

                    VII.1 (a) The Borrower shall fail to make when due,  whether
by  acceleration  or  otherwise,  any payment of principal of or interest on the
Notes or any other  obligations  of the Borrower to the Lender  pursuant to this
Agreement.

                    VII.1 (b) The principal balance of the Revolving Note at any
time exceeds the Borrowing Base.

                    VII.1  (c)  Any  representation  or  warranty  made by or on
behalf of the  Borrower in this  Agreement or by or on behalf of the Borrower in
any certificate,  statement,  report or document herewith or hereafter furnished
to the  Lender  pursuant  to this  Agreement  shall  prove to have been false or
misleading  in any material  respect on the date as of which the facts set forth
are stated or certified.

                    VII.1 (d) The  Borrower  shall fail to comply with  Sections
5.2 or 5.3 or any Section of Article VI.

                    VII.1 (e) The  Borrower  shall fail to comply with any other
agreement,  covenant,  condition,  provision or term contained in this Agreement
(other than those hereinabove set forth in this Section 7.1) and such failure to
comply shall continue for 5 calendar days after whichever of the following dates
is the earliest:  (i) the date the Borrower  gives notice of such failure to the
Lender,  (ii) the date the Borrower  should have given notice of such failure to
the Lender pursuant to Section 5.1, or (iii) the date the Lender gives notice of
such failure to the Borrower.

                    VII.1  (f)  The  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  shall  become
insolvent  or shall  generally  not pay its debts as they  mature or shall apply
for,  shall consent to, or shall  acquiesce in the  appointment  of a custodian,
trustee or receiver of the Borrower or such Subsidiary or for a substantial part
of the  property  thereof  or, in the  absence of such  application,  consent or
acquiescence,  a  custodian,  trustee or  receiver  shall be  appointed  for the
Borrower or such  Subsidiary or for a substantial  part of the property  thereof
and shall  not be  discharged  within 45 days,  or the  Borrower  shall  make an
assignment for the benefit of creditors.

                    VII.1 (g) Any bankruptcy,  reorganization,  debt arrangement
or other  proceedings under any bankruptcy or insolvency law shall be instituted
by or against the  Borrower or any  Subsidiary  and, if  instituted  against the
Borrower or any Subsidiary, shall have been consented to or acquiesced in by the
Borrower or such Subsidiary or shall remain undismissed for 60 days, or an order
for relief shall have been entered against the Borrower or such Subsidiary.

                    VII.1 (h) Any dissolution or liquidation proceeding shall be
instituted  by or against the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  and, if  instituted
against the Borrower or such Subsidiary,  shall be consented to or acquiesced in
by the Borrower or such Subsidiary or shall remain for 45 days undismissed.

                    VII.1 (i) A judgment  or  judgments  for the  payment of the
uninsured  portion  of money in excess of the sum of  $50,000  in the  aggregate
shall be rendered  against the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  and either (i) the
judgment creditor executes on such judgment or (ii) such judgment remains unpaid
or  undischarged  for more than 60 days from the date of entry  thereof  or such
longer period during which  execution of such judgment shall be stayed during an
appeal from such judgment.

                    VII.1 (j) The maturity of any material  Indebtedness  of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than indebtedness  under this Agreement) shall
be  accelerated,  or the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  shall fail to pay any such
material  indebtedness when due (after the lapse of any applicable grace period)

                                       14
<PAGE>
or any event shall occur or  condition  shall exist and shall  continue for more
than the period of grace, if any,  applicable  thereto and shall have the effect
of causing,  or permitting the holder of any such  indebtedness  to cause,  such
material  indebtedness  to become due prior to its stated maturity or to realize
upon any collateral  given as security  therefor.  For purposes of this Section,
indebtedness of the Borrower shall be deemed "material" if it exceeds $50,000 as
to any item of  indebtedness  or in the aggregate for all items of  indebtedness
with respect to which any of the events described in this Section has occurred.

                    VII.1  (k) Any  execution  or  attachment  shall  be  issued
whereby any  substantial  part of the property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary
shall be taken or attempted to be taken and the same shall not have been vacated
or stayed within 30 days after the issuance thereof.

                    VII.1 (l) Any  default  shall  occur  under  any other  Loan
Document.

     SECTION VII.2 REMEDIES.  If (a) any Event of Default  described in Sections
7.1 (f),  (g) or (h) shall occur with  respect to the  Borrower,  the  Revolving
Commitment shall automatically terminate and the Notes and all other obligations
of the Borrower to the Lender under this Agreement  shall  automatically  become
immediately  due and payable,  or (b) any other Event of Default shall occur and
be  continuing,  then  the  Lender  may (i)  declare  the  Revolving  Commitment
terminated, whereupon the Commitment shall terminate, and (ii) declare the Notes
and all other  obligations of the Borrower to the Lender under this Agreement to
be forthwith due and payable,  whereupon the same shall  immediately  become due
and payable, in each case without presentment,  demand,  protest or other notice
of any  kind,  all of  which  are  hereby  expressly  waived,  anything  in this
Agreement or in the Notes to the contrary  notwithstanding.  Upon the occurrence
of any of the events  described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding  sentence
the Lender may exercise all rights and remedies under this Agreement,  the Notes
and any related agreements and under any applicable law.

     SECTION VII.3 OFFSET. In addition to the remedies set forth in Section 7.2,
upon the  occurrence  of any Event of Default and  thereafter  while the same be
continuing, the Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Lender to set off all
sums owing by the Borrower to the Lender against all deposits and credits of the
Borrower with, and any and all claims of the Borrower against, the Lender.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION  VIII.1  MODIFICATIONS.   Notwithstanding  any  provisions  to  the
contrary  herein,  any term of this  Agreement  may be amended  with the written
consent of the Borrower;  provided that no amendment,  modification or waiver of
any  provision  of this  Agreement  or consent to any  departure by the Borrower
therefrom  shall in any event be  effective  unless the same shall be in writing
and signed by the  Lender,  and then such  amendment,  modifications,  waiver or
consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for
which given.

     SECTION  VIII.2  COSTS  AND  EXPENSES.  Whether  or  not  the  transactions
contemplated hereby are consummated, the Borrower agrees to reimburse the Lender
upon demand for all  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses paid or incurred by the
Lender  (including  filing and recording costs and fees and expenses of Dorsey &
Whitney  LLP,  counsel  to the  Lender)  in  connection  with  the  negotiation,
preparation,  approval, review, execution,  delivery,  amendment,  modification,
interpretation,  collection and enforcement of this Agreement and the Notes. The
obligations of the Borrower under this Section shall survive any  termination of
this Agreement.

     SECTION  VIII.3  WAIVERS,  ETC. No failure on the part of the Lender or the
holder of either Note to exercise and no delay in exercising  any power or right
hereunder  shall  operate as a waiver  thereof;  nor shall any single or partial
exercise of any power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or
the exercise of any other power or right.  The rights and remedies of the Lender
hereunder  are  cumulative  and not  exclusive of any right or remedy the Lender
otherwise has.

     SECTION  VIII.4  NOTICES.   Except  when  telephonic  notice  is  expressly
authorized by this Agreement,  any notice or other communication to any party in
connection  with this Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be sent by manual
delivery,  telegram, telex, facsimile transmission,  overnight courier or United
States mail (postage  prepaid)  addressed to such party at the address specified
on the signature page hereof,  or at such other address as such party shall have
specified to the other party  hereto in writing.  All periods of notice shall be
measured from the date of delivery thereof if manually delivered,  from the date
of sending thereof if sent by telegram,  telex or facsimile  transmission,  from
the first  Business Day after the date of sending if sent by overnight  courier,

                                       15
<PAGE>
or from four days after the date of mailing if mailed;  provided,  however, that
any notice to the Lender  under  Article II hereof  shall be deemed to have been
given only when received by the Lender.

     SECTION 8.5 CONFIDENTIALITY OF INFORMATION. The Lender shall use reasonable
efforts  to assure  that  information  about the  Borrower  and its  operations,
affairs and financial  condition,  not  generally  disclosed to the public or to
trade and other  creditors,  which is  furnished  to the Lender  pursuant to the
provisions  hereof is used only for the purposes of this Agreement and any other
relationship between Lender and the Borrower and shall be divulged to any Person
other than the Affiliates of the Lender and their respective officers, directors
employees and agents,  except:  (a) to their attorneys and  accountants,  (b) in
connection with the enforcement of the rights of the Lender  hereunder and under
the Loan Documents or otherwise in connection with applicable litigation, (c) in
connection  with  assignments  and   participations   and  the  solicitation  of
prospective  assignees and  participants  referred to in Section 8.6, and (d) as
may  otherwise  be required or  requested  by any  regulatory  authority  having
jurisdiction over Lender or by any applicable law, rule,  regulation or judicial
process,  the  opinion  of  Lender's  counsel  concerning  the  making  of  such
disclosure to be binding on the parties hereto.

     SECTION 8.6  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS;  DISPOSITION OF LOANS.  This Agreement
shall be binding  upon and inure to the benefit of the parties  hereto and their
respective  successors and assigns,  except that the Borrower may not assign its
rights or delegate its obligations  hereunder  without the prior written consent
of the  Lender.  The  Lender  may at any  time  sell,  assign,  transfer,  grant
participations  in,  or  otherwise  dispose  of any  portion  of  the  Revolving
Commitment  and the Term  Loan  and/or  Advances  to  banks  or other  financial
institutions.  The Lender may disclose any information regarding the Borrower in
the Lender's possession to any prospective buyer or participant.

     SECTION 8.7 GOVERNING LAW AND CONSTRUCTION. THE VALIDITY,  CONSTRUCTION AND
ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL
LAWS OF THE  STATE OF  MINNESOTA,  WITHOUT  GIVING  EFFECT TO  CONFLICT  OF LAWS
PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

     SECTION 8.8  CONSENT TO  JURISDICTION.  AT THE OPTION OF THE  LENDER,  THIS
AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY FEDERAL COURT OR MINNESOTA  STATE
COURT SITTING IN HENNEPIN COUNTY,  MINNESOTA;  AND THE BORROWER  CONSENTS TO THE
JURISDICTION  AND VENUE OF ANY SUCH COURT AND WAIVES ANY ARGUMENT  THAT VENUE IN
SUCH FORUMS IS NOT CONVENIENT. IN THE EVENT THE BORROWER COMMENCES ANY ACTION IN
ANOTHER JURISDICTION OR VENUE UNDER ANY TORT OR CONTRACT THEORY ARISING DIRECTLY
OR INDIRECTLY FROM THE RELATIONSHIP CREATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, THE LENDER AT ITS
OPTION  SHALL  BE  ENTITLED  TO  HAVE  THE  CASE   TRANSFERRED  TO  ONE  OF  THE
JURISDICTIONS  AND  VENUES  ABOVE-DESCRIBED,  OR  IF  SUCH  TRANSFER  CANNOT  BE
ACCOMPLISHED   UNDER  APPLICABLE  LAW,  TO  HAVE  SUCH  CASE  DISMISSED  WITHOUT
PREJUDICE.

     SECTION  8.9  WAIVER OF JURY  TRIAL.  EACH OF THE  BORROWER  AND THE LENDER
IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES  ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL  PROCEEDING
ARISING  OUT OF OR  RELATING  TO THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE NOTE AND ANY  OTHER  LOAN
DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

     SECTION 8.10  CAPTIONS.  The  captions or headings  herein and any table of
contents hereto are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or describe
the scope or intent of any provision of this Agreement.

     SECTION 8.11 ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents
embody the entire  agreement  and  understanding  between the  Borrower  and the
Lender with respect to the subject  matter  hereof and thereof.  This  Agreement
supersedes  all prior  agreements  and  understandings  relating  to the subject
matter hereof.

     SECTION 8.12 COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts,  all of which taken  together  shall  constitute  one and the same
instrument,  and either of the parties  hereto may  execute  this  Agreement  by
signing any such counterpart.

            [The remainder of this page is left intentionally blank]

                                       16
<PAGE>
     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
executed as of the date first above written.


                                         POORE BROTHERS, INC.

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Print Name
                                            Title
Borrower's Address:
3500 South La Cometa Drive
Goodyear, Arizona 85338
                                         POORE BROTHERS ARIZONA, INC.

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Print Name
                                            Title
Borrower's Address:
3500 South La Cometa Drive
Goodyear, Arizona 85338
                                         POORE BROTHERS DISTRIBUTING, INC.

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Print Name
                                            Title
Borrower's Address:
3500 South La Cometa Drive
Goodyear, Arizona 85338
                                         TEJAS PB DISTRIBUTING, INC.

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Print Name
                                            Title
Borrower's Address:
3500 South La Cometa Drive
Goodyear, Arizona 85338
                                         WABASH FOODS, LLC

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Print Name
                                            Title
Borrower's Address:
705 West Dustman Road
Bluffton, IN 46714
                                         U.S. BANCORP REPUBLIC COMMERCIAL
                                         FINANCE, INC.

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Print Name
                                            Title
Lender's Address:
U.S. Bancorp Republic Commercial Finance, Inc.
2338 Central Avenue, N.E. Suite 200
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55438
Fax (612) 782-1801

                                       17
<PAGE>
                                                              EXHIBIT 2.3 (a) TO
                                                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                 REVOLVING NOTE


$3,000,000                                                       October 3, 1999
                                                          Minneapolis, Minnesota

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, POORE BROTHERS, INC., a corporation organized under the
laws of the State of Delaware ("PBI"),  POORE BROTHERS ARIZONA, INC., an Arizona
corporation ("PBAI"), POORE BROTHERS DISTRIBUTING,  INC., an Arizona corporation
("PBDI"),  TEJAS PB  DISTRIBUTING,  INC., an Arizona  corporation  ("Tejas") and
WABASH FOODS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Wabash"),  (PBI, PBAI,
PBDI,  Tejas and Wabash each a Borrower and  collectively  the "Borrower" or the
"Borrowers"),  hereby jointly and severally  promise to pay to the order of U.S.
BANCORP REPUBLIC COMMERCIAL  FINANCE,  INC. (the "Lender") at its main office in
Minneapolis,  Minnesota,  in lawful  money of the  United  States of  America in
immediately  available  funds on the  Revolving  Maturity Date (as such term and
each other  capitalized  term used  herein are  defined in the Credit  Agreement
hereinafter  referred to) the principal  amount of THREE MILLION  DOLLARS AND NO
CENTS  ($3,000,000)  or, if less, the aggregate  unpaid  principal amount of all
Revolving  Advances  made by the Lender under the Credit  Agreement,  and to pay
interest  (computed  on the basis of actual days elapsed and a year of 360 days)
in  like  funds  on the  unpaid  principal  amount  hereof  from  time  to  time
outstanding at the rates and times set forth in the Credit Agreement.

     This note is the Revolving Note referred to in the Credit  Agreement  dated
as of October 3, 1999 (as the same may be hereafter  from time to time  amended,
restated or modified,  the "Credit  Agreement")  between the undersigned and the
Lender.  This note is secured, it is subject to certain permissive and mandatory
prepayments and its maturity is subject to  acceleration,  in each case upon the
terms provided in said Credit Agreement.

     In the event of default hereunder,  the undersigned agrees to pay all costs
and  expenses  of  collection,   including   reasonable   attorneys'  fees.  The
undersigned waives demand, presentment, notice of nonpayment, protest, notice of
protest and notice of dishonor.

                                        1
<PAGE>
     THE  VALIDITY,  CONSTRUCTION  AND  ENFORCEABILITY  OF THIS  NOTE  SHALL  BE
GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO
THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

                                         POORE BROTHERS, INC.

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title


                                         POORE BROTHERS ARIZONA, INC.

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title


                                         POORE BROTHERS DISTRIBUTING, INC.

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title


                                         TEJAS PB DISTRIBUTING, INC.

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title


                                         WABASH FOODS, LLC

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title

                                        2
<PAGE>
                                                              EXHIBIT 2.3 (b) TO
                                                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                   TERM NOTE A


$5,800,000                                                       October 3, 1999
                                                          Minneapolis, Minnesota

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, POORE BROTHERS, INC., a corporation organized under the
laws of the State of Delaware ("PBI"),  POORE BROTHERS ARIZONA, INC., an Arizona
corporation ("PBAI"), POORE BROTHERS DISTRIBUTING,  INC., an Arizona corporation
("PBDI"),  TEJAS PB  DISTRIBUTING,  INC., an Arizona  corporation  ("Tejas") and
WABASH FOODS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Wabash"),  (PBI, PBAI,
PBDI,  Tejas and Wabash each a Borrower and  collectively  the "Borrower" or the
"Borrowers"),  hereby jointly and severally  promise to pay to the order of U.S.
BANCORP REPUBLIC COMMERCIAL  FINANCE,  INC. (the "Lender") at its main office in
Minneapolis,  Minnesota,  in lawful  money of the  United  States of  America in
immediately  available funds, the principal amount of FIVE MILLION EIGHT HUNDRED
THOUSAND DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($5,800,000), and to pay interest (computed on the
basis of actual days elapsed and a year of 360 days) in like funds on the unpaid
principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding at the rates and times set
forth in the Credit Agreement.

     The principal hereof is payable in seventy-eight monthly installments, each
payment in the amount of $74,359,  commencing  on February 1, 2000 and the first
day of each month  thereafter  until July 1, 2006 when the  remaining  principal
balance and all accrued interest shall be payable.

     This note is the Term Note A referred to in the Credit  Agreement  dated as
of  October  3, 1999 (as the same may  hereafter  be from time to time  amended,
restated or otherwise modified,  the "Credit Agreement") between the undersigned
and  the  Lender.   This  note  is  secured  and  its  maturity  is  subject  to
acceleration, in each case upon the terms provided in said Credit Agreement.

     In the event of default hereunder,  the undersigned agrees to pay all costs
and  expenses  of  collection,   including   reasonable   attorneys'  fees.  The
undersigned waives demand, presentment, notice of nonpayment, protest, notice of
protest and notice of dishonor.

                                        1
<PAGE>
     THE  VALIDITY,  CONSTRUCTION  AND  ENFORCEABILITY  OF THIS  NOTE  SHALL  BE
GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO
THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

                                         POORE BROTHERS, INC.

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title


                                         POORE BROTHERS ARIZONA, INC.

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title


                                         POORE BROTHERS DISTRIBUTING, INC.

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title


                                         TEJAS PB DISTRIBUTING, INC.

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title


                                         WABASH FOODS, LLC

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title
<PAGE>
                                                              EXHIBIT 2.3 (c) TO
                                                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                   TERM NOTE B


$350,000                                                         October 3, 1999
                                                          Minneapolis, Minnesota

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, POORE BROTHERS, INC., a corporation organized under the
laws of the State of Delaware ("PBI"),  POORE BROTHERS ARIZONA, INC., an Arizona
corporation ("PBAI"), POORE BROTHERS DISTRIBUTING,  INC., an Arizona corporation
("PBDI"),  TEJAS PB  DISTRIBUTING,  INC., an Arizona  corporation  ("Tejas") and
WABASH FOODS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Wabash"),  (PBI, PBAI,
PBDI,  Tejas and Wabash each a Borrower and  collectively  the "Borrower" or the
"Borrowers"),  hereby jointly and severally  promise to pay to the order of U.S.
BANCORP REPUBLIC COMMERCIAL  FINANCE,  INC. (the "Lender") at its main office in
Minneapolis,  Minnesota,  in lawful  money of the  United  States of  America in
immediately  available  funds,  the  principal  amount  of THREE  HUNDRED  FIFTY
THOUSAND DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($350,000),  and to pay interest  (computed on the
basis of actual days elapsed and a year of 360 days) in like funds on the unpaid
principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding at the rates and times set
forth in the Credit Agreement.

     The  principal  hereof is  payable  in twelve  monthly  installments,  each
payment in the amount of  $29,166.67,  commencing on April 30, 2000 and the last
day of each month thereafter  until March 31, 2001 when the remaining  principal
balance and all accrued interest shall be payable.

     This note is the Term Note B referred to in the Credit  Agreement  dated as
of  October  3, 1999 (as the same may  hereafter  be from time to time  amended,
restated or otherwise modified,  the "Credit Agreement") between the undersigned
and  the  Lender.   This  note  is  secured  and  its  maturity  is  subject  to
acceleration, in each case upon the terms provided in said Credit Agreement.

     In the event of default hereunder,  the undersigned agrees to pay all costs
and  expenses  of  collection,   including   reasonable   attorneys'  fees.  The
undersigned waives demand, presentment, notice of nonpayment, protest, notice of
protest and notice of dishonor.

                                        1
<PAGE>
     THE  VALIDITY,  CONSTRUCTION  AND  ENFORCEABILITY  OF THIS  NOTE  SHALL  BE
GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO
THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

                                         POORE BROTHERS, INC.

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title


                                         POORE BROTHERS ARIZONA, INC.

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title


                                         POORE BROTHERS DISTRIBUTING, INC.

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title


                                         TEJAS PB DISTRIBUTING, INC.

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title


                                         WABASH FOODS, LLC

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title

                                        2

                               SECURITY AGREEMENT


          THIS  SECURITY  AGREEMENT,  dated as of October  3, 1999,  is made and
given by POORE  BROTHERS,  INC., a Delaware  corporation  ("PBI") POORE BROTHERS
ARIZONA,  INC., an Arizona corporation  ("PBAI"),  POORE BROTHERS  DISTRIBUTING,
INC., an Arizona corporation ("PBDI"),  TEJAS PB DISTRIBUTING,  INC., an Arizona
corporation  ("Tejas"),  and WABASH  FOODS,  LLC, a Delaware  limited  liability
company  ("Wabash")  (PBI,  PBAI,  PBDI,  Tejas and Wabash each a "Grantor"  and
collectively,  the "Grantors") to U.S. BANCORP REPUBLIC COMMERCIAL FINANCE, INC.
a Minnesota corporation (the "Secured Party").

                                    RECITALS

          A. The  Grantors  and the  Secured  Party have  entered  into a Credit
Agreement  dated as of the date of this  Agreement (as the same may hereafter be
amended,  supplemented,  extended,  restated, or otherwise modified from time to
time, the "Credit Agreement")  pursuant to which the Secured Party has agreed to
extend to the Grantors certain credit accommodations on the terms and conditions
set forth in the Credit Agreement.

          B.  It is a  condition  precedent  to  the  extension  of  any  credit
accommodations pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement that this Agreement
be executed and delivered by the Grantors.

          C. The  Grantors  find it  advantageous,  desirable  and in their best
interests  to comply  with the  requirement  that it execute  and  deliver  this
Security Agreement to the Secured Party.

          NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and in order to
induce the Secured Party to enter into the Credit Agreement and to extend credit
accommodations  to the Grantors  thereunder,  the Grantors hereby agree with the
Secured Party for the Secured Party's benefit as follows:

          SECTION 1. DEFINED TERMS.

               1(a) As used in this  Agreement,  the following  terms shall have
     the meanings indicated:

          "ACCOUNTS"  shall mean each and every  right to  payment of  Grantors,
     whether  such  right to  payment  arises out of a sale or lease of goods by
     Grantors, or other disposition of goods or other property of Grantors,  out
     of a rendering of services by Grantors,  out of a loan by Grantors,  out of
     damage to or loss of goods in the possession of a railroad or other carrier

                                        1
<PAGE>
     or any other bailee,  out of overpayment  of taxes or other  liabilities of
     Grantors,  or which  otherwise  arises under any contract or agreement,  or
     from any other cause, whether such right to payment now exists or hereafter
     arises  and  whether  such  right to  payment  is or is not yet  earned  by
     performance and howsoever such right to payment may be evidenced,  together
     with all other  rights  and  interest  (including  all  liens and  security
     interests) which Grantors may at any time have by law or agreement  against
     any account debtor (as defined in the Uniform  Commercial Code in effect in
     the State of Minnesota) or other obligor obligated to make any such payment
     or against any of the  property of such  account  debtor or other  obligor;
     specifically  (but without  limitation),  the term includes all present and
     future instruments, documents, chattel papers, accounts and contract rights
     of Grantors.

          "ACCOUNT  DEBTOR" shall mean a Person who is obligated on or under any
     Account, Chattel Paper, Instrument or General Intangible.

          "CHATTEL PAPER" shall mean a writing or writings which evidence both a
     monetary  obligation and a security interest in or lease of specific goods;
     when a transaction is evidenced by both a security agreement or a lease and
     by an Instrument or a series of  Instruments,  the group of writings  taken
     together constitutes Chattel Paper.

          "COLLATERAL"  shall mean all personal  property and rights in personal
     property now owned or hereafter at any time  acquired by the Grantors in or
     upon which a Security  Interest  is  granted  to the  Secured  Party by the
     Grantors under this Agreement.

          "DOCUMENT" shall mean any bill of lading, dock warrant,  dock receipt,
     warehouse  receipt or order for the  delivery of goods,  together  with any
     other  document  or receipt  which in the  regular  course of  business  or
     financing is treated as adequately evidencing that the Person in possession
     of it is  entitled to receive,  hold and  dispose of the  document  and the
     goods it covers.

          "EQUIPMENT"   shall   mean  all   machinery,   equipment,   furniture,
     furnishings  and  fixtures,  including  all  accessions,   accessories  and
     attachments thereto, and any guaranties,  warranties, indemnities and other
     agreements  of  manufacturers,  vendors  and  others  with  respect to such
     Equipment.

          "EVENT  OF  DEFAULT"  shall  have the  meaning  given to such  term in
     Section 20 hereof.

          "FINANCING  STATEMENT"  shall have the  meaning  given to such term in
     Section 4 hereof.

          "GENERAL  INTANGIBLES"  shall mean any personal  property  (other than
     goods, Accounts, Chattel Paper, Documents, Instruments and money) including
     choses in action,  causes of action,  contract rights,  corporate and other
     business  records,  inventions,   designs,  patents,  patent  applications,
     service  marks,  trademarks,  trademark  applications,   tradenames,  trade
     secrets,  engineering  drawings,  good  will,  registrations,   copyrights,

                                        2
<PAGE>
     licenses,  franchises,   customer  lists,  tax  refund  claims,  royalties,
     licensing and product rights, rights to the retrieval from third parties of
     electronically  processed  and  recorded  data and all  rights  to  payment
     resulting from an order of any court.

          "INSTRUMENT" shall mean a draft, check,  certificate of deposit, note,
     bill of exchange,  security or any other writing which evidences a right to
     the payment of money and is not itself a security agreement or lease and is
     of a type  which is  transferred  in the  ordinary  course of  business  by
     delivery with any necessary endorsement or assignment.

          "INVENTORY" shall mean any and all of the Grantors' goods,  including,
     without limitation,  goods in transit, wherever located which are or may at
     any time be leased  by the  Grantors  to a lessee,  held for sale or lease,
     furnished  under any contract of service or held as raw materials,  work in
     process,  or  supplies  or  materials  used or  consumed  in the  Grantors'
     business,  or which are held for use in  connection  with the  manufacture,
     packing, shipping, advertising, selling or finishing of such goods, and all
     goods,  the  sale  or  other  disposition  of  which  has  given  rise to a
     Receivable,  which are  returned to and/or  repossessed  and/or  stopped in
     transit by the Grantors or the Secured  Party,  or at any time hereafter in
     the  possession or under the control of the Grantors or the Secured  Party,
     or any agent or bailee of either  thereof,  and all  documents  of title or
     other documents representing the same.

          "LIEN"  shall mean any  security  interest,  mortgage,  pledge,  lien,
     charge,  encumbrance,  title retention agreement or analogous instrument or
     device  (including the interest of the lessors under  capitalized  leases),
     in, of or on any assets or properties of the Person referred to.

          "OBLIGATIONS"  shall  mean  (a)  all  indebtedness,   liabilities  and
     obligations  of the Grantors to the Secured Party of every kind,  nature or
     description under the Credit Agreement,  including the Grantors' obligation
     on any promissory note or notes under the Credit  Agreement and any note or
     notes  hereafter  issued in substitution  or replacement  thereof,  (b) all
     liabilities of the Grantors under this Agreement, and (c) any and all other
     liabilities  and  obligations of the Grantors to the Secured Party of every
     kind,  nature and  description,  whether  direct or indirect  or  hereafter
     acquired by the  Secured  Party from any  Person,  absolute or  contingent,
     regardless of how such liabilities arise or by what agreement or instrument
     they may be evidenced,  and in all of the foregoing cases whether due or to
     become due, and whether now existing or hereafter arising or incurred.

          "PERSON" shall mean any individual, corporation,  partnership, limited
     partnership,  limited liability company, joint venture, firm,  association,
     trust,  unincorporated  organization,  government or governmental agency or
     political subdivision or any other entity, whether acting in an individual,
     fiduciary or other capacity.

          "SECURITY  INTEREST" shall have the meaning given such term in Section
     2 hereof.

                                        3
<PAGE>
               1(b)  All  other  terms  used in  this  Agreement  which  are not
     specifically  defined herein shall have the meaning  assigned to such terms
     in the Uniform  Commercial  Code in effect in the State of  Minnesota as of
     the date of this  Agreement  to the  extent  such other  terms are  defined
     therein.

               1(c)  Unless the  context  of this  Agreement  otherwise  clearly
     requires,  references to the plural include the singular, the singular, the
     plural  and  "or"  has the  inclusive  meaning  represented  by the  phrase
     "and/or." The words "include",  "includes" and "including"  shall be deemed
     to be  followed by the phrase  "without  limitation."  The words  "hereof,"
     "herein,"  "hereunder,"  and similar terms in this Agreement  refer to this
     Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.
     References  to  Sections  are  references  to  Sections  in  this  Security
     Agreement unless otherwise provided.

          SECTION 2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST. As security for the payment and
performance of all of the Obligations,  the Grantors hereby grant to the Secured
Party a security  interest  (the  "Security  Interest")  in all of the Grantors'
right,  title,  and interest in and to the  following,  whether now or hereafter
owned, existing, arising or acquired and wherever located:

               2(a) All Accounts.

               2(b) All Chattel Paper.

               2(c) All Documents.

               2(d) All Equipment.

               2(e) All General Intangibles.

               2(f) All Instruments.

               2(g) All Inventory.

               2(h) To the extent not otherwise  included in the foregoing,  (i)
     all other  rights to the payment of money,  including  rents and other sums
     payable to the Grantors under leases,  rental  agreements and other Chattel
     Paper and insurance proceeds; (ii) all books, correspondence, credit files,
     records,  invoices, bills of lading, and other documents relating to any of
     the foregoing,  including,  without  limitation,  all tapes,  cards, disks,
     computer  software,  computer  runs,  and other papers and documents in the
     possession  or control of the Grantors or any computer  bureau from time to
     time  acting  for the  Grantors;  (iii)  all  rights  in,  to and under all
     policies  insuring  the  life  of any  officer,  director,  stockholder  or
     employee  of the  Grantors,  the  proceeds  of  which  are  payable  to the
     Grantors; and (iv) all accessions and additions to, parts and appurtenances
     of, substitutions for and replacements of any of the foregoing.

                                        4
<PAGE>
               2(i) To the extent  not  otherwise  included,  all  proceeds  and
     products of any and all of the foregoing.

          SECTION 3. GRANTORS  REMAIN  LIABLE.  Anything  herein to the contrary
notwithstanding,  (a) the  Grantors  shall  remain  liable  under the  Accounts,
Chattel Paper, General Intangibles and other items included in the Collateral to
the extent set forth  therein to  perform  all of their  duties and  obligations
thereunder to the same extent as if this  Agreement had not been  executed,  (b)
the  exercise  by the  Secured  Party of any of the rights  hereunder  shall not
release the  Grantors  from any of their duties or  obligations  under any items
included in the  Collateral,  and (c) the Secured Party shall have no obligation
or liability under Accounts,  Chattel Paper, General Intangibles and other items
included in the  Collateral by reason of this  Agreement,  nor shall the Secured
Party be obligated to perform any of the  obligations  or duties of the Grantors
thereunder  or to take any action to collect  or enforce  any claim for  payment
assigned hereunder.

          SECTION 4. TITLE TO COLLATERAL. The Grantors have (or will have at the
time it acquires  rights in Collateral  hereafter  acquired or arising) and will
maintain so long as the Security Interest may remain outstanding,  title to each
item of Collateral (including the proceeds and products thereof), free and clear
of all Liens  except the Security  Interest  and except  Liens  permitted by the
Credit Agreement.  The Grantors will defend the Collateral against all claims or
demands of all Persons (other than the Secured Party) claiming the Collateral or
any interest therein. As of the date of execution of this Security Agreement, no
effective  financing  statement or other  similar  document  used to perfect and
preserve a security  interest under the laws of any  jurisdiction  (a "Financing
Statement")  covering  all or any  part  of the  Collateral  is on  file  in any
recording office, except such as may have been filed (a) in favor of the Secured
Party  relating to this  Agreement,  or (b) to perfect  Liens  permitted  by the
Credit Agreement.

          SECTION 5. LOCK BOX, COLLATERAL ACCOUNT. Each Grantor will direct each
of its  Account  Debtors  or other  obligors  to make  payments  due  under  any
Collateral  directly to a special lock box to be  established  and maintained by
Secured Party (the "Lockbox").  The Grantors hereby authorize and direct Secured
Party to  deposit  into a  special  collateral  account  to be  established  and
maintained by Secured Party (the  "Collateral  Account") all checks,  drafts and
cash  payments  received in said  Lockbox.  All deposits from the Lockbox to the
Collateral  Account  shall  constitute  proceeds  of  Collateral  and  shall not
constitute  payment of any Obligation.  The Grantors agree that it will promptly
deliver to Secured Party, for deposit into said Collateral Account, all payments
on  Accounts  and  Chattel  Paper  received  by it. All such  payments  shall be
delivered  to  Secured  Party in the form  received  (except  for the  Grantors'
endorsement where necessary).  Until so delivered,  all payments on Accounts and
Chattel  Paper  received by the Grantors  shall be held in trust by the Grantors
for and as the property of Secured  Party and shall not be  commingled  with any
funds or property of the Grantors.

          SECTION 6. COLLECTION RIGHTS OF SECURED PARTY. Notwithstanding Secured
Party's rights under Section 5 with respect to any and all Instruments,  Chattel
Paper,  Accounts and other rights to payment constituting  Collateral (including
proceeds),  Secured Party may, at any time (after the  occurrence of an Event of
Default)  notify any Account  Debtor,  or any other person  obligated to pay any

                                        5
<PAGE>
amount due, that such Chattel Paper, Account, or other right to payment has been
assigned or transferred to Secured Party for security and shall be paid directly
to Secured Party. If Secured Party so requests at any time, the Grantors will so
notify such Account  Debtors and other  obligors in writing and will indicate on
all invoices to such Account  Debtors or other  obligors  that the amount due is
payable  directly  to  Secured  Party.  At any time after  Secured  Party or the
Grantors give such notice to an account debtor or other  obligor,  Secured Party
may (but need not), in its own name or in the Grantors' name,  demand,  sue for,
collect or receive any money or property at any time  payable or  receivable  on
account of, or securing,  any such  chattel  paper,  account,  or other right to
payment,  or grant any extension to, make any  compromise or settlement  with or
otherwise agree to waive,  notify,  amend or change the  obligations  (including
collateral  obligations)  of any  such  account  debtor  or other  obligor.  The
Grantors hereby  irrevocably  make,  constitute and appoint the Secured Party or
any person whom the Secured Party may  designate,  the Grantors' true and lawful
attorney  with power to receive,  open and dispose of all mail  addressed to the
Grantors;  to endorse  the  Grantors'  name on any notes,  acceptances,  checks,
drafts,  money  orders or other means of payment  that may come into the Secured
Party's  possession  as  payment  of or upon  Accounts,  Chattel  Paper or other
Collateral;  to endorse the  Grantors'  name on any invoice,  freight or express
bill or bill of lading relating to any  Collateral;  to sign the Borrower's name
to drafts against Account  Debtors,  to assignments and verification of accounts
and notices thereof to Account  Debtors,  and to documents of title covering any
Collateral,  and to do all  other  things  necessary  or proper to carry out the
intent of this Agreement.

          SECTION 7.  DISPOSITION  OF  COLLATERAL.  The Grantors  will not sell,
transfer,  lease or otherwise  dispose of, or discount or factor with or without
recourse,  any Collateral,  except for sales and leases of items of Inventory in
the ordinary course of business, and except for sales of Equipment having a fair
market value not to exceed  $50,000 in the aggregate per calendar year where the
proceeds of such Equipment are used to reduce the amount of the obligations.

          SECTION 8. NAMES,  OFFICES,  LOCATIONS.  The  Grantors  does  business
solely under their own name and the trade names and styles, if any, set forth on
Schedule  II hereto.  Except as noted on said  Schedule,  no such trade names or
styles and no  trademarks  or other  similar  marks  owned by the  Grantors  are
registered  with any  governmental  unit.  The chief place of business and chief
executive  office  and the  office  where  they keep  their  books  and  records
concerning the Accounts and General Intangibles and the originals of all Chattel
Paper, Documents and Instruments are located at their addresses set forth on the
signature page hereof. All items of Equipment and Inventory existing on the date
of this Agreement are located at the places specified on Schedule I hereto.  The
Grantors will  immediately  notify the Secured Party of any additional  state in
which any item of Inventory or Equipment is hereafter located. The Grantors will
from time to time at the request of the Secured  Party provide the Secured Party
with current  lists as to the  locations of the  Equipment  and  Inventory.  The
Grantors will not permit any Inventory, Equipment, Chattel Paper or Documents or
any records pertaining to Accounts and General  Intangibles to be located in any
state or area in which,  in the event of such  location,  a financing  statement
covering  such  Collateral  would be  required  to be, but has not in fact been,
filed in order to perfect the Security  Interest.  The Grantors  will not change
their name or the location of their chief place of business and chief  executive
office  unless the Secured  Party has been given at least 30 days' prior written

                                        6
<PAGE>
notice thereof and the Grantors have executed and delivered to the Secured Party
such  Financing  Statements  and other  instruments  required or  appropriate to
continue the perfection of the Security Interest.

          SECTION 9. RIGHTS TO PAYMENT.  Except as the  Grantors  may  otherwise
advise the Secured Party in writing,  each  Account,  Chattel  Paper,  Document,
General Intangible and Instrument  constituting or evidencing Collateral is (or,
in the case of all future Collateral, will be when arising or issued) the valid,
genuine  and  legally  enforceable  obligation  of the  Account  Debtor or other
obligor named therein or in the Grantors'  records  pertaining  thereto as being
obligated  to pay or perform  such  obligation.  The  Grantors  will perform and
comply  in all  material  respects  with all their  obligations  under any items
included in the  Collateral and exercise  promptly and  diligently  their rights
thereunder.

          SECTION 10. FURTHER ASSURANCES.

               10(a)  The  Grantors  agree  that  from  time to  time,  at their
     expense,  it will promptly execute and deliver all further  instruments and
     documents,  and take all further action,  that may be necessary or that the
     Secured Party may reasonably  request,  in order to perfect and protect the
     Security  Interest  granted or purported to be granted  hereby or to enable
     the Secured Party to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder
     with respect to any  Collateral  (but any failure to request or assure that
     the Grantors  execute and deliver such  instrument  or documents or to take
     such  action  shall not  affect  or impair  the  validity,  sufficiency  or
     enforceability of this Agreement and the Security  Interest,  regardless of
     whether any such item was or was not executed and delivered or action taken
     in a  similar  context  or  on a  prior  occasion).  Without  limiting  the
     generality of the foregoing,  the Grantors will,  promptly and from time to
     time at the request of the Secured  Party:  (i) mark, or permit the Secured
     Party to mark,  conspicuously its books,  records,  and accounts showing or
     dealing with the Collateral, and each item of Chattel Paper included in the
     Collateral,  with a  legend,  in form  and  substance  satisfactory  to the
     Secured Party,  indicating  that each such item of Collateral and each such
     item of Chattel Paper is subject to the Security  Interest  granted hereby;
     (ii)  deliver  and  pledge  to  the  Secured  Party,  all  Instruments  and
     Documents,  duly indorsed or  accompanied  by duly executed  instruments of
     transfer or assignment, with full recourse to the Grantors, all in form and
     substance  satisfactory  to the Secured Party;  (iii) execute and file such
     Financing  Statements or  continuation  statements in respect  thereof,  or
     amendments  thereto,  and such  other  instruments  or  notices  (including
     fixture  filings  with any  necessary  legal  descriptions  as to any goods
     included in the  Collateral  which the Secured  Party  determines  might be
     deemed to be fixtures,  and instruments and notices with respect to vehicle
     titles),  as may be necessary  or  desirable,  or as the Secured  Party may
     request, in order to perfect,  preserve,  and enhance the Security Interest
     granted or purported to be granted hereby; and (iv) obtain waivers, in form
     satisfactory  to the Secured Party, of any claim to any Collateral from any
     landlords or mortgagees of any property where any Inventory or Equipment is
     located.

                                        7
<PAGE>
               10(b) The Grantors hereby authorize the Secured Party to file one
     or more Financing Statements or continuation statements in respect thereof,
     and  amendments  thereto,  relating  to all or any  part of the  Collateral
     without the signature of the Grantors  where  permitted by law. A photocopy
     or other reproduction of this Agreement or any Financing Statement covering
     the  Collateral  or any part  thereof  shall be  sufficient  as a Financing
     Statement where permitted by law.

               10(c) The Grantors will furnish to the Secured Party from time to
     time  statements  and schedules  further  identifying  and  describing  the
     Collateral and such other reports in connection  with the Collateral as the
     Secured Party may reasonably request,  all in reasonable detail and in form
     and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Secured Party.

          SECTION 11. TAXES AND CLAIMS. The Grantors will promptly pay all taxes
and other governmental charges levied or assessed upon or against any Collateral
or upon or against the  creation,  perfection  or  continuance  of the  Security
Interest,  as well as all other claims of any kind (including  claims for labor,
material and supplies) against or with respect to the Collateral,  except to the
extent (a) such taxes,  charges or claims are being  contested  in good faith by
appropriate proceedings, (b) such proceedings do not involve any material danger
of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any of the Collateral or any interest therein
and (c) such taxes,  charges or claims are  adequately  reserved  against on the
Grantors' books in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

          SECTION 12. BOOKS AND RECORDS.  The Grantors will keep and maintain at
their own cost and expense  satisfactory and complete records of the Collateral,
including a record of all payments  received and credits granted with respect to
all Accounts, Chattel Paper and other items included in the Collateral.

          SECTION 13. INSPECTION, REPORTS,  VERIFICATIONS.  The Grantors will at
all reasonable times permit the Secured Party or its  representatives to examine
or inspect any  Collateral,  any evidence of Collateral and the Grantors'  books
and records concerning the Collateral,  wherever located. The Grantors will from
time to time when  requested by the Secured Party furnish to the Secured Party a
report on its Accounts,  Chattel Paper,  General  Intangibles  and  Instruments,
naming the Account  Debtors or other  obligors  thereon,  the amount due and the
aging  thereof.  The  Secured  Party or its  designee is  authorized  to contact
Account Debtors and other Persons  obligated on any such Collateral from time to
time to verify the existence, amount and/or terms of such Collateral.

          SECTION 14.  NOTICE OF LOSS.  The Grantors  will  promptly  notify the
Secured  Party  of any  loss  of or  material  damage  to any  material  item of
Collateral  or of any  substantial  adverse  change,  known to Grantors,  in any
material item of Collateral or the prospect of payment or performance thereof.

          SECTION  15.  INSURANCE.  The  Grantors  will keep the  Equipment  and
Inventory  insured  against  "all risks" for the full  replacement  cost thereof
subject  to a  deductible  in an  amount,  and  with  an  insurance  company  or

                                        8
<PAGE>
companies,  satisfactory  to the  Secured  Party,  the  policies  to protect the
Secured  Party as its interests may appear with Lender to be named as Loss Payee
("Accord 27"),  with such policies or  certificates  with respect  thereto to be
delivered  to the  Secured  Party  at  its  request.  Each  such  policy  or the
certificate  with respect  thereto  shall  provide that such policy shall not be
cancelled  or allowed to lapse unless at least 30 days prior  written  notice is
given to the Secured Party.

          SECTION 16.  LAWFUL USE; FAIR LABOR  STANDARDS  ACT. The Grantors will
use and keep the  Collateral,  and will  require  that  others  use and keep the
Collateral, only for lawful purposes, without material violation of any federal,
state or local law,  statute or  ordinance.  All Inventory of the Grantors as of
the date of this  Agreement that was produced by the Grantors or with respect to
which the Grantors  performed any manufacturing or assembly process was produced
by the Grantors (or such  manufacturing  or assembly  process was  conducted) in
compliance  in all material  respects  with all  requirements  of the Fair Labor
Standards  Act, and all  Inventory  produced,  manufactured  or assembled by the
Grantors after the date of this Agreement will be so produced,  manufactured  or
assembled, as the case may be.

          SECTION 17. ACTION BY THE SECURED  PARTY.  If the Grantors at any time
fail to perform or observe any of the  foregoing  agreements,  the Secured Party
shall have (and the Grantors hereby grant to the Secured Party) the right, power
and authority  (but not the duty) to perform or observe such agreement on behalf
and in the name,  place and stead of the  Grantors  (or, at the Secured  Party's
option, in the Secured Party's name) and to take any and all other actions which
the Secured Party may reasonably  deem necessary to cure or correct such failure
(including, without limitation, the payment of taxes, the satisfaction of Liens,
the  procurement  and  maintenance of insurance,  the execution of  assignments,
security   agreements  and  Financing   Statements,   and  the   indorsement  of
Instruments);  and the  Grantors  shall  thereupon  pay to the Secured  Party on
demand the amount of all monies  expended and all costs and expenses  (including
reasonable  attorneys' fees and legal expenses) incurred by the Secured Party in
connection  with  or as a  result  of the  performance  or  observance  of  such
agreements  or the taking of such action by the  Secured  Party,  together  with
interest  thereon from the date expended or incurred at the highest  lawful rate
then applicable to any of the Obligations,  and all such monies expended,  costs
and expenses and interest  thereon shall be part of the  Obligations  secured by
the Security Interest.

          SECTION 18. INSURANCE CLAIMS.  As additional  security for the payment
and  performance of the  Obligations,  the Grantors hereby assign to the Secured
Party any and all  monies  (including  proceeds  of  insurance  and  refunds  of
unearned  premiums)  due or to become  due  under,  and all other  rights of the
Grantors  with respect to, any and all policies of insurance  now or at any time
hereafter  covering  the  Collateral  or any  evidence  thereof or any  business
records or valuable papers pertaining  thereto.  At any time,  whether before or
after the  occurrence  of any Event of Default,  the Secured Party may (but need
not),  in the Secured  Party's  name or in Grantors'  name,  execute and deliver

                                        9
<PAGE>
proofs of claim,  receive all such monies,  indorse checks and other instruments
representing payment of such monies, and adjust, litigate, compromise or release
any claim  against  the issuer of any such  policy,  except  for  amounts in the
aggregate of less than $50,000  which the Secured  Party may (but need not),  in
the Secured  Party's name or in Grantor's  name,  execute and deliver  proofs of
claim,   receive  all  such  monies,   indorse  checks  and  other   instruments
representing payment of such monies, and adjust, litigate, compromise or release
any claim against the issuer of any such policy, only after the occurrence of an
Event of Default.  Notwithstanding any of the foregoing,  so long as no Event of
Default  exists the Grantors  shall be entitled to all  insurance  proceeds with
respect to Equipment or Inventory provided that such proceeds are applied to the
cost of replacement Equipment or Inventory.

          SECTION 19. THE SECURED  PARTY'S DUTIES.  The powers  conferred on the
Secured Party hereunder are solely to protect its interest in the Collateral and
shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers. The Secured Party
shall be deemed to have  exercised  reasonable  care in the  safekeeping  of any
Collateral  in  its  possession  if  such   Collateral  is  accorded   treatment
substantially  equal to the safekeeping  which the Secured Party accords its own
property  of like kind.  Except for the  safekeeping  of any  Collateral  in its
possession  and the  accounting  for  monies and for other  properties  actually
received  by it  hereunder,  the  Secured  Party  shall have no duty,  as to any
Collateral,  as  to  ascertaining  or  taking  action  with  respect  to  calls,
conversions,  exchanges,  maturities,  tenders or other matters  relative to any
Collateral,  whether or not the Secured Party has or is deemed to have knowledge
of such matters,  or as to the taking of any necessary  steps to preserve rights
against  any  Persons or any other  rights  pertaining  to any  Collateral.  The
Secured  Party  will  take  action  in the  nature  of  exchanges,  conversions,
redemptions,  tenders and the like  requested  in writing by the  Grantors  with
respect to the Collateral in the Secured Party's possession if the Secured Party
in its  reasonable  judgment  determines  that such  action  will not impair the
Security  Interest or the value of the Collateral,  but a failure of the Secured
Party to comply with any such request shall not of itself be deemed a failure to
exercise reasonable care.

          SECTION 20.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The  occurrence of any one or more of
the following events shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

               20(a) The Grantors  shall fail to make payment when due,  whether
     upon demand, or at a scheduled due date, or otherwise,  any principal of or
     interest  on their  obligations  under the  Credit  Agreement  or any other
     obligations of any Grantor to the Secured Party.

               20(b) Any  representation or warranty made by or on behalf of any
     Grantor in this Agreement or the Credit Agreement or by or on behalf of any
     Grantor in any  certificate,  statement,  report or  document  herewith  or
     hereafter  furnished to the Secured Party pursuant to this Agreement or the
     Credit  Agreement  shall  prove to have  been  false or  misleading  in any
     material  respect on the date as of which the facts set forth are stated or
     certified.

               20(c) The Grantors  shall fail to comply with Sections 5.2 or 5.3
     or any Section of Article VI of the Credit Agreement.

                                       10
<PAGE>
               20(d) The Grantors shall fail to comply with any other agreement,
     covenant,  condition,  provision or term contained in this Agreement or the
     Credit  Agreement  (other than those  hereinabove set forth in this Section
     20) and such  failure to comply shall  continue for 30 calendar  days after
     whichever of the following dates is the earliest:  (i) the date any Grantor
     gives  notice of such  failure to the Secured  Party,  or (ii) the date the
     Secured Party gives notice of such failure to the Grantors.

               20(e)  Any  Grantor  shall  apply  for or  consent  to,  or shall
     acquiesce in the  appointment  of a  custodian,  trustee or receiver of any
     Grantor  or for a  substantial  part of the  property  thereof  or,  in the
     absence of such application,  consent or acquiescence, a custodian, trustee
     or receiver shall be appointed for any Grantor or for a substantial part of
     the property  thereof and shall not be  discharged  within 45 days,  or any
     Grantor shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

               20(f) Any bankruptcy,  reorganization,  debt arrangement or other
     proceedings  under any  bankruptcy or insolvency law shall be instituted by
     or against any Grantor and, if instituted  against any Grantor,  shall have
     been  consented  to or  acquiesced  in by  the  Grantors  or  shall  remain
     undismissed  for 60 days,  or an order for relief  shall have been  entered
     against any Grantor.

               20(g)  Any  dissolution  or  liquidation   proceeding   shall  be
     instituted  by or against  any  Grantor  and,  if  instituted  against  any
     Grantor,  shall be  consented to or  acquiesced  in by any Grantor or shall
     remain for 45 days undismissed.

               20(h) A judgment or judgments  for the payment of money in excess
     of the sum of  $50,000  in the  aggregate  shall be  rendered  against  any
     Grantor and either (i) the judgment  creditor  executes on such judgment or
     (ii) such judgment  remains  unpaid or  undischarged  for more than 60 days
     from the date of entry thereof or such longer period during which execution
     of such judgment shall be stayed during an appeal from such judgment.

               20(i) Any  execution or  attachment  shall be issued  whereby any
     substantial part of the property of any Grantor shall be taken or attempted
     to be taken and the same shall not have been  vacated  or stayed  within 30
     days after the issuance thereof.

               20(j) Any  default or event of default  (however  denominated  or
     defined)  shall  occur with  respect to any  indebtedness  of the  Grantors
     (other than the Obligations) permitted under the Credit Agreement.

THE FOREGOING  EVENTS OF DEFAULT,  AND THE REMEDIES UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT AS SET
FORTH BELOW IN SECTION 21, ARE IN ADDITION TO AND  SUPPLEMENT  THE RIGHTS OF THE
SECURED PARTY UNDER THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

                                       11
<PAGE>
          SECTION 21.  REMEDIES ON DEFAULT.  Upon the  occurrence of an Event of
Default and at any time thereafter:

               21(a) The  Secured  Party may  exercise  and  enforce any and all
     rights and remedies  available  upon  default to a secured  party under the
     Uniform Commercial Code.

               21(b) The  Secured  Party  shall have the right to enter upon and
     into and take  possession of all or such part or parts of the properties of
     the Grantors, including lands, plants, buildings,  Equipment, Inventory and
     other  property as may be necessary or  appropriate  in the judgment of the
     Secured  Party to  permit  or  enable  the  Secured  Party to  manufacture,
     produce,  process,  store or sell or complete the manufacture,  production,
     processing,  storing or sale of all or any part of the  Collateral,  as the
     Secured Party may elect,  and to use and operate said  properties  for said
     purposes  and for  such  length  of  time as the  Secured  Party  may  deem
     necessary  or  appropriate  for said  purposes  without  the payment of any
     compensation  to  Grantors  therefor.  The  Secured  Party may  require the
     Grantors to, and the Grantors hereby agree that they will, at their expense
     and upon request of the Secured  Party  forthwith,  assemble all or part of
     the  Collateral  as directed by the Secured  Party and make it available to
     the  Secured  Party at a place or places to be  designated  by the  Secured
     Party.

               21(c) Any sale of  Collateral  may be in one or more  parcels  at
     public or private sale, at any of the Secured Party's offices or elsewhere,
     for cash, on credit,  or for future delivery,  and upon such other terms as
     the Secured Party may reasonably believe are commercially  reasonable.  The
     Secured  Party  shall  not be  obligated  to make  any  sale of  Collateral
     regardless  of notice of sale having been given,  and the Secured Party may
     adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by  announcement  made
     at the time and place fixed  therefor,  and such sale may,  without further
     notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.

               21(d)  The  Secured  Party is hereby  granted a license  or other
     right to use,  without charge,  all of the Grantors'  property,  including,
     without limitation,  all of the Grantors' labels,  trademarks,  copyrights,
     patents and advertising  matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it
     pertains to the Collateral,  in completing  production of,  advertising for
     sale and  selling  any  Collateral,  and the  Grantors'  rights  under  all
     licenses and all franchise  agreements  shall inure to the Secured  Party's
     benefit until the Obligations are paid in full.

               21(e) If notice to the  Grantors of any intended  disposition  of
     Collateral or any other intended  action is required by law in a particular
     instance,  such notice shall be deemed commercially  reasonable if given in
     the manner specified for the giving of notice in Section 25 hereof at least
     ten  calendar  days  prior to the  date of  intended  disposition  or other
     action,  and the  Secured  Party may  exercise or enforce any and all other
     rights or remedies  available by law or agreement  against the  Collateral,
     against the Grantors, or against any other Person or property.

                                       12
<PAGE>
          SECTION 22. APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS. All cash proceeds received by the
Secured Party in respect of any sale of,  collection from, or other  realization
upon all or any part of the  Collateral  may, in the  discretion  of the Secured
Party,  be held by the Secured Party as  collateral  for, or then or at any time
thereafter be applied in whole or in part by the Secured Party  against,  all or
any part of the Obligations (including,  without limitation, any expenses of the
Secured Party payable pursuant to Section 23 hereof).

          SECTION 23. COSTS AND  EXPENSES;  INDEMNITY.  The Grantors will pay or
reimburse the Secured Party on demand for all out-of-pocket  expenses (including
in each case all filing and recording fees and taxes and all reasonable fees and
expenses of counsel and of any experts and agents) incurred by the Secured Party
in  connection  with  the  creation,   perfection,   protection,   satisfaction,
foreclosure  or  enforcement  of the  Security  Interest  and  the  preparation,
administration, continuance, amendment or enforcement of this Agreement, and all
such costs and expenses shall be part of the Obligations secured by the Security
Interest.  The Grantors shall indemnify and hold the Secured Party harmless from
and against any and all claims,  losses and  liabilities  (including  reasonable
attorneys'  fees)  growing  out of or  resulting  from  this  Agreement  and the
Security  Interest hereby created  (including  enforcement of this Agreement) or
the  Secured  Party's  actions  pursuant  hereto,   except  claims,   losses  or
liabilities  resulting  from the Secured  Party's  gross  negligence  or willful
misconduct  as  determined  by  a  final   judgment  of  a  court  of  competent
jurisdiction.  Any  liability of the Grantors to indemnify  and hold the Secured
Party  harmless  pursuant  to  the  preceding  sentence  shall  be  part  of the
Obligations  secured by the Security  Interest.  The obligations of the Grantors
under this Section shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

          SECTION 24.  WAIVERS;  REMEDIES;  MARSHALLING.  This  Agreement can be
waived, modified,  amended,  terminated or discharged, and the Security Interest
can be released,  only  explicitly in a writing  signed by the Secured  Party. A
waiver so signed  shall be effective  only in the specific  instance and for the
specific  purpose  given.  Mere delay or failure to act shall not  preclude  the
exercise or  enforcement  of any rights and  remedies  available  to the Secured
Party.  All rights and remedies of the Secured Party shall be cumulative and may
be exercised singly in any order or sequence,  or  concurrently,  at the Secured
Party's  option,  and the  exercise or  enforcement  of any such right or remedy
shall  neither be a  condition  to nor bar the  exercise or  enforcement  of any
other.  The Grantors hereby waive all  requirements of law, if any,  relating to
the  marshalling  of assets which would be  applicable  in  connection  with the
enforcement by the Secured Party of its remedies hereunder, absent this waiver.

          SECTION 25. NOTICES. Any notice or other communication to any party in
connection  with this Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be sent by manual
delivery,  telegram, telex, facsimile transmission,  overnight courier or United
States mail (postage  prepaid)  addressed to such party at the address specified
on the signature page hereof,  or at such other address as such party shall have
specified to the other party  hereto in writing.  All periods of notice shall be
measured from the date of delivery thereof if manually delivered,  from the date
of sending thereof if sent by telegram,  telex or facsimile  transmission,  from
the first  business day after the date of sending if sent by overnight  courier,
or from four days after the date of mailing if mailed.

                                       13
<PAGE>
          SECTION 26. GRANTORS' ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. The Grantors hereby acknowledge
that  (a)  they  has  been  advised  by (or has had  full  opportunity  to avail
themselves of the advice of) counsel in the negotiation,  execution and delivery
of this  Agreement,  (b) the Secured Party has no fiduciary  relationship to the
Grantors,  the relationship being solely that of debtor and creditor, and (c) no
joint venture exists between the Grantors and the Secured Party.

          SECTION 27.  CONTINUING  SECURITY  INTEREST;  ASSIGNMENTS UNDER CREDIT
AGREEMENT. This Agreement shall (a) create a continuing security interest in the
Collateral  and shall remain in full force and effect  until  payment in full of
the Obligations, (b) be binding upon the Grantors, their successors and assigns,
and (c) inure to the benefit of, and be  enforceable  by, the Secured  Party and
its successors, transferees, and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing clause (c), the Secured Party may assign or otherwise  transfer all or
any  portion of its rights and  obligations  under the Credit  Agreement  to any
other Persons to the extent and in the manner  provided in the Credit  Agreement
and may similarly  transfer all or any portion of its rights under this Security
Agreement to such Persons.

          SECTION 28. TERMINATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.  Upon payment in full of
the Obligations,  the Security Interest granted hereby shall terminate. Upon any
such  termination,  the Secured  Party will return to the  Grantors  such of the
Collateral  then in the  possession  of the Secured Party as shall not have been
sold or otherwise  applied  pursuant to the terms hereof and execute and deliver
to the  Grantors  such  documents as the Grantors  shall  reasonably  request to
evidence  such   termination.   Any  reversion  or  return  of  Collateral  upon
termination  of this  Agreement and any  instruments  of transfer or termination
shall be at the expense of the  Grantors  and shall be without  warranty  by, or
recourse on, the Secured Party. As used in this Section, "Grantors" includes any
assigns of Grantors,  any Person holding a subordinate  security interest in any
of the  Collateral  or whoever else may be lawfully  entitled to any part of the
Collateral.

          SECTION 29.  CONFIDENTIALITY  OF INFORMATION.  The Secured Party shall
use  reasonable  efforts to assure  that  information  about the Grantor and its
operations,  affairs and financial  condition,  not  generally  disclosed to the
public or to trade and other creditors,  which is furnished to the Secured Party
pursuant  to the  provisions  hereof  is  used  only  for the  purposes  of this
Agreement and any other  relationship  between Secured Party and the Grantor and
shall be divulged to any Person other than the  Affiliates  of the Secured Party
and their respective  officers,  directors employees and agents,  except: (a) to
their attorneys and  accountants,  (b) in connection with the enforcement of the
rights of the Secured Party  hereunder and under the Loan Documents or otherwise
in connection with applicable litigation, (c) in connection with assignments and
participations  and the  solicitation of prospective  assignees and participants
referred to in Section 8.6 of the Credit Agreement,  and (d) as may otherwise be
required or requested  by any  regulatory  authority  having  jurisdiction  over
Secured Party or by any applicable  law, rule,  regulation or judicial  process,
the opinion of Secured Party's counsel  concerning the making of such disclosure
to be binding on the parties hereto.

                                       14
<PAGE>
          SECTION 30. GOVERNING LAW AND CONSTRUCTION. THE VALIDITY, CONSTRUCTION
AND  ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE
OF  MINNESOTA,  WITHOUT  GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS  PRINCIPLES  THEREOF,
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE VALIDITY OR  PERFECTION  OF THE SECURITY  INTEREST
HEREUNDER,  OR REMEDIES HEREUNDER,  IN RESPECT OF ANY PARTICULAR  COLLATERAL ARE
MANDATORILY  GOVERNED  BY THE LAWS OF A  JURISDICTION  OTHER  THAN THE  STATE OF
MINNESOTA.  Whenever  possible,  each  provision of this Agreement and any other
statement,  instrument or  transaction  contemplated  hereby or relating  hereto
shall be  interpreted  in such  manner as to be  effective  and valid under such
applicable law, but, if any provision of this Agreement or any other  statement,
instrument or transaction  contemplated  hereby or relating hereto shall be held
to be prohibited or invalid under such  applicable  law, such provision shall be
ineffective  only to the  extent  of such  prohibition  or  invalidity,  without
invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this
Agreement or any other statement,  instrument or transaction contemplated hereby
or relating hereto.

          SECTION  31.  CONSENT TO  JURISDICTION.  AT THE OPTION OF THE  SECURED
PARTY,  THIS  AGREEMENT MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY FEDERAL COURT OR MINNESOTA  STATE
COURT SITTING IN HENNEPIN  COUNTY;  AND THE GRANTOR CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION
AND VENUE OF ANY SUCH COURT AND WAIVES ANY ARGUMENT THAT VENUE IN SUCH FORUMS IS
NOT  CONVENIENT.  IN THE EVENT  THE  GRANTOR  COMMENCES  ANY  ACTION IN  ANOTHER
JURISDICTION  OR VENUE UNDER ANY TORT OR  CONTRACT  THEORY  ARISING  DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY FROM THE RELATIONSHIP CREATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, THE SECURED PARTY AT
ITS  OPTION  SHALL  BE  ENTITLED  TO HAVE  THE  CASE  TRANSFERRED  TO ONE OF THE
JURISDICTIONS  AND  VENUES  ABOVE-DESCRIBED,  OR  IF  SUCH  TRANSFER  CANNOT  BE
ACCOMPLISHED   UNDER  APPLICABLE  LAW,  TO  HAVE  SUCH  CASE  DISMISSED  WITHOUT
PREJUDICE.

          SECTION 32.  WAIVER OF NOTICE AND HEARING.  THE GRANTOR  HEREBY WAIVES
ALL  RIGHTS TO A  JUDICIAL  HEARING  OF ANY KIND  PRIOR TO THE  EXERCISE  BY THE
SECURED  PARTY OF ITS RIGHTS TO POSSESSION OF THE  COLLATERAL  WITHOUT  JUDICIAL
PROCESS OR OF ITS RIGHTS TO REPLEVY, ATTACH, OR LEVY UPON THE COLLATERAL WITHOUT
PRIOR NOTICE OR HEARING.  THE GRANTOR  ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT IT HAS BEEN ADVISED BY
COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE WITH RESPECT TO THIS PROVISION AND THIS AGREEMENT.

          SECTION 33. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH OF THE GRANTOR AND THE SECURED
PARTY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT, IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT
TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL  PROCEEDING  ARISING  OUT OF OR  RELATING  TO THIS
AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

                                       15
<PAGE>
          SECTION 34. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number
of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an
original,  but all such  counterparts  together shall constitute but one and the
same instrument.

          SECTION 35. GENERAL.  All representations and warranties  contained in
this  Agreement or in any other  agreement  between the Grantors and the Secured
Party shall survive the  execution,  delivery and  performance of this Agreement
and the creation and payment of the  Obligations.  The Grantors  waive notice of
the  acceptance  of  this  Agreement  by the  Secured  Party.  Captions  in this
Agreement  are for  reference  and  convenience  only and shall not  affect  the
interpretation or meaning of any provision of this Agreement.

            [The remainder of this page is left intentionally blank]

                                       16
<PAGE>
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Grantors have caused this Security  Agreement
to be duly executed and delivered by their officer  thereunto duly authorized as
of the date first above written.

                                         POORE BROTHERS, INC.

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title
3500 South La Cometa Drive
Goodyear, AZ 85338
                                         POORE BROTHERS ARIZONA, INC.

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title
3500 South La Cometa Drive
Goodyear, AZ 85338
                                         POORE BROTHERS DISTRIBUTING, INC.

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title
3500 South La Cometa Drive
Goodyear, AZ 85338
                                         TEJAS PB DISTRIBUTING, INC.

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title
3500 South La Cometa Drive
Goodyear, AZ 85338
                                         WABASH FOODS, LLC

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title
3500 South La Cometa Drive
Goodyear, AZ 85338

Grantors' Tax ID # 86-0786101


Address for Secured Party :
U.S. Bancorp Republic Commercial Finance, Inc.
2338 Central Avenue NE, Suite 200
Minneapolis, MN  55418
Fax: (612) 782-1801

                                       16

                                COMMERCIAL LEASE
                                WABASH FOODS, LLC

1.  PARTIES.  This Lease,  dated,  for reference  purposes  only, is made by and
between American Pacific Financial  Corporation,  (herein called "Landlord" and,
Wabash  Foods,  LLC,  a  Delaware  Limited  Liability  Company,  (herein  called
"Tenant").

2. PREMISES.  Landlord does hereby lease to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from
Landlord that certain space (herein called "Premises",  containing approximately
135,000 square feet of floor area and non-exclusive use of all common areas. The
location and  dimensions of said Premises is 705 W. Dustman Road.  Said Premises
are located in the City of Bluffton, County of Wells, State of Indiana.

3. USE. Tenant shall use the Premises for a snack food  manufacturing  and shall
not use or permit the  Premises  to be used for any other  purpose  without  the
prior written consent of Landlord.

4. TERM. The term of this Lease shall be for twenty years,  commencing on May 1,
1998 (the  "Commencement  Date") and,  unless sooner  terminated as  hereinafter
provided,  ending on April 30, 2018, (the Expiration  Date").  Tenant shall have
the option to extend this lease for two  additional  five (5) year periods.  The
lease  rate for the first  year shall be  fifteen  thousand  and no/100  dollars
($15,000.00)  per month.  The lease rate for the second year shall be  seventeen
thousand  five  hundred  and  no/100  dollars  ($17,500.00  plus the  percentage
difference between the CPI (consumer price index) for Indiana, adjusted annually
from the  Commencement  date.  The lease  rate for the third  year and  extended
period shall be twenty thousand and no/100 dollars  ($20,000.00)  per month plus
the percentage  difference  between the CPI (consumer  price index) for Indiana,
adjusted  annually from the Commencement date to the extension date and annually
thereafter.

5. MINIMUM  RENT.  5.A. For the first year,  Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as
Minimum Rent,  without notice or demand, the monthly sum of fifteen thousand and
no/100  dollars  ($15,000.00).  For the  second  year,  Tenant  agrees to pay to
Landlord as Minimum Rent, without notice or demand, the monthly sum of seventeen
thousand  five  hundred  and no/100  dollars  ($17,500.00)  plus the  percentage
difference between the CPI (consumer price index) for Indiana, adjusted annually
from the Commencement.  For the remainder of the lease,  Tenant agrees to pay to
Landlord as Minimum Rent,  without  notice or demand,  the monthly sum of twenty
thousand and no/100 dollars ($20,000.00) plus the percentage  difference between
the  CPI  (consumer  price  index)  for  Indiana,  adjusted  annually  from  the
Commencement date to the extension date and annually thereafter.

The appropriate sum for each month, shall be paid, in advance,  on or before the
first day of each and every successive calendar month thereafter during the term
hereof.  Rent for any period  during the term hereof  which is for less than one
(1) month shall be a prorated portion of the monthly installment  herein,  based
upon a thirty (30) day month.  Said rental  shall be paid to  Landlord,  without
deduction or offset,  in lawful money of the United  States of America,  at such
place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing.

6. ADDITIONAL CHARGES.

6.A. In addition to the Minimum Rent provided in Article 5, and commencing  upon
Landlord's  delivery  to Tenant of the  Premises,  Tenant  shall pay to Landlord
Tenant's Share of Operating  Expenses.  "Tenant's  Share of Operating  Expenses"
shall be the  proportion  derived by  dividing  the  rentable  floor area of the
Premises by the total rentable floor area.

6.B. As used in this Lease,  "Operating  Expenses" shall mean any and all costs,
charges,  expenses and  disbursements  of every kind and nature  which  Landlord
shall  pay or become  obligated  to pay  because  of or in  connection  with the
ownership,  operating,  management,  maintenance  and repair of the Snack Plant,
computed on the cash basis  (except as to taxes,  as to which the accrual  basis
shall be used),  including,  but not  limited  to, the cost or  charges  for the
following  items:  electricity,  water,  fuel,  trash  removal,  sweeping,  snow
removal,  premiums for fire, extended coverage  liability,  rental value and any
other insurance that Landlord deems necessary, interior and exterior maintenance
and  repairs  (ordinary  and  extraordinary,   structural  and   nonstructural),
including   repairs,   replacements,   resurfacing  and  restriping  as  may  be
applicable, of sidewalks, driveways, parking areas, landscaping, and other areas
used in common by  tenants  of the Snack  Plant,  management  fees (if  Landlord
manages the Snack Plant itself,  an amount shall be included for management fees
not exceeding the amount typically charged by independent  management  companies
in the Bluffton  area for buildings of  comparable  size and  quality),  and all
general and special real estate taxes, special assessments,  special district of
improvement  district  assessments,  water taxes, sewer taxes, gross rents taxes
and all other taxes,  charges,  rates, levies and assessments of whatever mature
levied,   assessed  or  collected  by  any  governmental  or  quasi-governmental

                                        1
<PAGE>
authority  (whether now existing or hereafter  created)  upon or with respect to
the Snack Plant or landlord's  ownership or operation thereof,  and all taxes or
charges imposed in lieu of (or in lieu of any increases in) any such taxes.

6.C.  Landlord  shall,  prior to the  beginning of each  calendar  year (or upon
Landlord's  delivery  of the  Premises  to Tenant  as to the year in which  such
delivery  occurs,  furnish  Tenant with a bona fide  estimate  of the  Operating
Expenses for such  calendar  year and Tenant's  Share of Operating  Expenses for
such year;  provided,  however,  that such  estimate  shall not  constitute  any
representation  or assurance by Landlord of the amount that the actual Operating
Expenses for such year will be. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on the
first day of each month,  together with  payments of Minimum Rent,  one- twelfth
(1/12th) of Landlord's estimate of Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses for that
calendar year.  Landlord may revise such estimate at any time to more accurately
reflect estimated  Operating Expenses and an appropriate  adjustment of payments
thereafter  due from  Tenant  shall be made.  Landlord  shall each year  provide
Tenant's a statement of the actual  Operating  Expenses  for the prior  calendar
year and a calculation  of Tenant's  Share of Operating  Expenses for such year,
but Landlord's  failure to provide such  statement by any particular  date shall
not constitute a waiver by Landlord of its right to receive payment for Tenant's
Share  of  Operating  Expenses  for such  year or for any  succeeding  year.  If
Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses for such year is greater than the estimated
amounts  previously  paid by Tenant for such year,  Tenant shall pay to Landlord
the full amount of such excess within ten (10) days after  Landlord's  rendering
of the  statement of such amount.  If Tenant's  Share of Operating  Expenses for
such year is less than the estimated amounts  previously paid by Tenant for such
year, Tenant shall receive a refund of the overpayment.

6.D.  Tenant shall give Landlord  written notice of any dispute or  disagreement
(with Tenant's reason therefore state) concerning Operating Expenses or Tenant's
share  thereof for any calendar  year,  within thirty (30) days after receipt of
notice from  Landlord of the matter  giving rise to the dispute,  failing  which
Tenant  shall have waived its right to dispute  such  matter.  If tenant  timely
disputes any  determination  or  calculation  concerning  Operating  Expenses or
Tenant's  share  thereof,  a certified  public  accounting  firm  acceptable  to
Landlord and Tenant shall be final and conclusive. Tenant shall pay the fees and
expenses of the accountants  unless the final  determination  discloses an error
which  favors  Landlord  by more  than five  percent  of the  amount  previously
determined by Landlord. If such determination reveals that the amount previously
determined  by Landlord was  incorrect,  a  correction  shall be made and either
Landlord  shall  promptly  return  to Tenant  any  overpayment  or Tenant  shall
promptly  pay to Landlord  any  underpayment  which was based on such  incorrect
amount. Notwithstanding the tendency of any dispute hereunder, Tenant shall make
payments  based  upon  Landlord's   determination  or  calculation   until  such
determination or calculation has been established hereunder to be incorrect.

7. USES  PROHIBITED.  Tenant  shall not do or permit  anything  to be done in or
about the  premises  nor bring or keep  anything  therein  which will in any way
increase the  existing  rate of or affect any fire or other  insurance  upon the
Building or any of its contents, or cause a cancellation of any insurance policy
covering said Building or as, part thereof or any of its contents.  Tenant shall
not do or permit  anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any
way obstruct or interfere  with the rights or other  tenants or occupants of the
Building or injure or annoy them or use or allow the Premises to be used for any
improper,  immoral,  unlawful or objectionable  purpose, nor shall Tenant cause,
maintain or permit any  nuisance  in, or about the  Premises.  Tenant  shall not
commit or allow to be committed any waste in or upon the Premises.

8. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. Tenant shall not use the Premises, or permit anything to
be done in or about the  Premises,  which will in any way conflict with any law,
statute,  ordinance or governmental rule or regulation now in force or which may
hereafter be enacted or promulgated. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense,
promptly  comply with all laws,  statutes,  ordinances and  governmental  rules,
regulations or requirements  now in force or which may hereafter be in force and
with the requirements of any board of fire  underwriters or other similar bodies
now or hereafter  constituted  relating to or affecting  the  condition,  use or
occupancy  of the  Premises,  excluding  structural  changes  not  reacted to or
affected  by  Tenant's  improvements  or,  acts.  The  judgment  of any court of
competent  jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any action against Tenant,
whether  Landlord be a party  thereto or not,  that Tenant has violated any law,
statute,  ordinance or governmental  rule,  regulation or requirement,  shall be
conclusive of that fact as between the Landlord and Tenant.

9.  ALTERATIONS  AND  ADDITIONS.  Tenant  shall not make or allow to be made any
alterations, additions or improvements to or of the Premises or any part thereof
without the written  consent of Landlord  first  having been  obtained,  and any
alterations,  additions or improvements to or of said Premises,  including,  but
not limited to, wall covering, paneling and built-in cabinet work, but excepting
movable furniture and trade fixtures,  shall at once become a part of the realty
and belong to the Landlord and shall be  surrendered  with the Premises.  In the
event  Landlord  consents  to  the  making  of  any  alterations,  additions  or
improvements  to the  premises  by  Tenant,  the same shall be made by Tenant at
Tenant's sole cost and expense. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of the
term  hereof,  Tenant  shall,  upon written  demand by Landlord,  given at least
thirty  (30)  days  prior to the end of the  term,  at  Tenant's  sole  cost and
expense,  forthwith  and  with  all  due  diligence,   remove  any  alterations,

                                        2
<PAGE>
additions, or improvements made by Tenant, designated by Landlord to be removed,
and Tenant  shall,  forthwith  and with all due  diligence  at its sole cost and
expense, repair and damage to the Premises caused by such removal.

10. REPAIRS.

10.A. By entry  hereunder,  Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Premises
as being in good,  sanitary  order,  condition  and  repair.  Tenant  shall,  at
Tenant's sole cost and expense, keep the Premises and every part thereof in good
condition and repair (except as hereinafter  provided with respect to Landlord's
obligations)  including  without  limitation,  the maintenance,  replacement and
repair of any storefront,  doors, window casements,  glazing,  plumbing,  pipes,
electrical  wiring and  conduits.  Tenant shall,  upon the  expiration or sooner
termination of this Lease hereof, surrender the Premises to the Landlord in good
condition, broom clean, ordinary wear and tear and damage from causes beyond the
reasonable  control of the Tenant  excepted.  Any  damage to  adjacent  premises
caused by Tenant's  use of the  Premises  shall be repaired at the sole cost and
expense of Tenant.

10.B. Notwithstanding the provisions of Article ll.A hereinabove, Landlord shall
repair and maintain  the  structural  portions of the  Building,  including  the
exterior walls and roof,  unless such maintenance and repairs are caused in part
or in whole by the act,  neglect,  fault or  omission of any duty by the Tenant,
its agents, servants, employees,  invitees, or any damage caused by breaking and
entering, in which case Tenant shall pay to Landlord the reasonable cost of such
maintenance and repairs.  Landlord shall, at Tenant's  expense,  provide routine
maintenance,  including  periodic  cleaning  and changing of filters for the air
conditioning/heating  unit  for the  Premises  and  Landlord  may  enter  into a
maintenance  service  agreement for such unit,  Landlord also shall, at Tenant's
expense,  provide any repairs  required for such unit,  within a reasonable time
after  Landlord  has  received  written  notice from Tenant of the need for such
repairs.  Tenant shall pay Landlord,  promptly  upon  billing,  for all costs of
maintenance  and  repair of such unit.  No  failure  of such unit shall  entitle
Tenant to any damages or  abatement of rent or in any way modify any of Tenant's
obligations  under this lease.  Landlord  shall not be liable for any failure to
make any repairs or to perform any  maintenance  required by this Article  ll.B.
unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable  time after written notice
of the need of such  repairs  or  maintenance  is given to  Landlord  by Tenant.
Except as provided in Article 25 hereof, there shall be no abatement of rent and
no  liability  of  Landlord  by reason of any  injury  to or  interference  with
Tenant's  business  arising  from the  making  of any  repairs,  alterations  or
improvements  in or to any portion of the  Building or the  Premises or in or to
fixtures,  appurtenances and equipment therein.  Tenant waives the right to make
repairs at  Landlord's  expense  under any law,  judicial  decision,  statute or
ordinance now or hereinafter in effect.

11. LIENS. Tenant shall keep the Premises and the property in which the Premises
are situated  free from any liens arising out of any work  performed,  materials
furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Landlord may require, at Landlord's
sole option,  that Tenant shall  provide to Landlord,  at Tenant's sole cost and
expense,  a lien and  completion  bond in an amount equal to one and one-half (1
1/2) times the estimated cost of any improvements,  additions, or alterations in
the Premises  which the Tenant desires to make, to insure  Landlord  against any
liability for mechanics'  and material  men's liens and to insure  completion of
the work.

12.  ASSIGNMENT  AND  SUBLETTING.  Tenant  shall not either  voluntarily,  or by
operation of law, assign, transfer,  mortgage,  pledge,  hypothecate or encumber
this Lease or any  interest  therein,  and shall not sublet the  Premises or any
part thereof,  or any right or privilege  appurtent thereto,  or allow any other
person (the  employees,  agents,  servants and  invitees of Tenant  excepted) to
occupy or use the Premises, or any portion thereof,  without the written consent
of Landlord  first had and obtained,  which  consent  shall not be  unreasonably
withheld. In no event shall any subtenant, assignee, or other transferee use, or
be allowed to use, the Premises for any purpose other than the specific  purpose
set  forth in  Article 3 above,  and  Landlord  shall be  deemed  to have  acted
reasonably  in  refusing  to consent to any  sublease,  assignment  or  transfer
involving  any change in the purpose for which the Premises are or will be used.
A consent to one assignment,  subletting,  occupation or use by any other person
shall not be deemed to be a consent to any  subsequent  assignment,  subletting,
occupation  or use by another  person.  Consent to any  assignment,  subletting,
occupation  or use shall in no way relieve  Tenant of any  liability  under this
Lease and Tenant  shall  remain  fully  liable for the payment of the rent under
this Lease and the  performance  of the terms and  provisions  of this Lease and
Landlord  shall not be required to pursue  first any remedies for default it may
have against any  subtenant,  assignee or other  transferee.  Any  assignment or
subletting  without such consent shall be void,  and shall  constitute a default
under the terms of this  lease.  If  Landlord  Shall  consent to a  sublease  or
assignment,  Tenant shall pay Landlord reasonable fees, not to exceed,  incurred
in  connection  with the  processing  of  documents  necessary to giving of such
consent.

13. HOLD HARMLESS. Tenant Shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord against and
from any and all claims  arising  from  Tenant's use of the Premises or from the
conduct  of its  business  or from an  activity,  work,  or other  things  done,
permitted or suffered by the Tenant in or about the Premises,  and shall further
indemnify and hold harmless Landlord against and from any and all claims arising
from any breach or default in the performance of any obligation of Tenant's part
to be  performed  under  the terms of this  Lease,  or  arising  from any act or
negligence of the Tenant, or any officer, agent, employee,  guest, or invitee of

                                        3
<PAGE>
Tenant,  and from all costs,  attorney's  fees, and  liabilities  incurred in or
about the defense of Any such claim or any action or proceeding  brought thereon
and in case any action or  proceeding be brought  against  Landlord by reason of
such claim,  Tenant upon notice from Landlord  shall defend the same at Tenant's
expense by counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to Landlord.  Tenant as a material
part of the  consideration  to  Landlord  hereby  assumes  all risk of damage to
property  or injury to persons in,  upon or about the  Premises,  from any cause
other than Landlord's negligence, and Tenant hereby waives all claims in respect
thereof  against  Landlord.  Landlord or its agents  shall not be liable for any
loss or damage to persons or property  resulting from fire,  explosion,  falling
plaster, steam, gas, electricity,  water or rain which may leak from any part of
the Building or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works therein or from the
roof,  street or subsurface or from any other place  resulting  from dampness or
any  other  cause  whatsoever,  unless  caused  by or due to the  negligence  of
Landlord, its agents servants or employees.  Landlord or its agents shall not be
liable for  interference  with the light,  air, or for any latent  defect in the
Premises.  Tenant  shall give  prompt  notice to Landlord in case of casualty or
accidents in the Premises.

14. SUBROGATION.  As long as their respective  insurers so permit,  Landlord and
Tenant hereby mutually waive their  respective  rights of recovery  against each
other  for any loss  insured  by fire,  extended  coverage  and  other  property
insurance  policies  existing for the benefit of the  respective  parties.  Each
party shall apply to their  insurers  to obtain said  waivers.  Each party shall
obtain any  special  endorsements,  if  required  by their  insurer to  evidence
compliance with the aforementioned waiver.

15. LIABILITY  INSURANCE.  Tenant shall,  Tenant's  expense,  obtain and keep in
force during the term of this Lease a policy of  comprehensive  public liability
insurance  insuring Landlord and Tenant against any liability arising out of the
ownership,   use  occupancy  or  maintenance  of  the  Premises  and  all  areas
appurtenant  thereto.  Such  insurance  shall be in the  amount of not less than
$500,000  combined single limit for death,  personal injury and property damage.
The limit of any such insurance shall not,  however,  limit the liability of the
Tenant  hereunder.  Tenant may provide this  insurance  under a blanket  policy,
provided  that said  insurance  shall  have a  Landlord's  protective  liability
endorsement  attached thereto. If Tenant shall fail to procure and maintain said
insurance,  Landlord  may,  but shall not be required  to,  procure and maintain
same, but at the expense of Tenant.  Insurance  required  hereunder  shall be in
companies  rated  A+AAA or better in  "Best's  Insurance  Guide".  Tenant  shall
deliver to  Landlord,  prior to right of entry,  copies of policies of liability
insurance  required herein or certificates  evidencing the existence and amounts
of such insurance with loss payable clauses satisfactory to Landlord.  No policy
shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage. All such policies shall
be  written  as  primary  policies  not  contributing  with and not in excess of
coverage which Landlord may carry.

16. UTILITIES.  Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light,  power,  sewer
charges,  telephone service and all other services and utilities supplied to the
Premises,  together  with  any  taxes  thereon.  If any  such  services  are not
separately  metered to Tenant,  Tenant shall pay a reasonable  proportion  to be
determined by Landlord of all charges jointly  metered with other  Premises.  If
separately  metered,  all  utility  meters for the  Premises  shall be placed in
Tenant's name on the Commencement date .

17.  PERSONAL  PROPERTY  TAXES.  Tenant  shall  pay or cause to be paid,  before
delinquency any and all taxes levied or assessed and which become payable during
the term hereof upon all Tenant's leasehold improvements,  equipment, furniture,
fixtures and other personal  property located in the Premises.  In the event any
or all of the Tenant's leasehold improvements,  equipment,  furniture,  fixtures
and other personal  property shall be assessed and taxed with the real property,
Tenant  shall pay to Landlord its share of such taxes within ten (10) days after
delivery  to Tenant by  Landlord of a  statement  in writing  setting  forth the
amount of such taxes applicable to Tenant's property.

18. RULES AND REGULATIONS.  Tenant shall faithfully  observe and comply with the
rules and regulations  that Landlord shall from time to time  promulgate  and/or
modify. The rules and regulations shall be binding upon the Tenant upon delivery
of a copy of them to Tenant. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the
nonperformance  of any said  rules  and  regulations  by any  other  tenants  or
occupants.

19.  HOLDING OVER.  If Tenant  remains in possession of the Premises or any part
thereof after the expiration of the term hereof with the express written consent
of Landlord,  such occupancy  shall be a tenancy from month to month at a rental
in, the amount of one and one-half (1 1/2) times the last Monthly  Minimum Rent,
plus  all  other  charges  payable  hereunder,  and upon  all the  terms  hereof
applicable to a month to month tenancy .

20. ENTRY BY LANDLORD.  Landlord  reserves,  and shall at any and all times have
the right to enter the Premises to inspect the same,  to submit said Premises to
prospective  purchasers or tenants,  to post notices of  non-responsibility,  to
repair the  Premises and any portion of the Building of which the Premises are a
part that Landlord may deem necessary or desirable,  without  abatement of rent,
and may for that purpose erect scaffolding and other necessary  structures where
reasonably  required  by the  character  of the  work  to be  performed,  always
providing  that the entrance to the Premises shall not be blocked  thereby,  and

                                        4
<PAGE>
further  providing that the business of the Tenant shall not be interfered  with
unreasonably.  Tenant  hereby  waives any claim for damages or for any injury or
inconvenience to or interference with Tenant's  business,  any loss of occupancy
or quiet enjoyment of the Premises,  excluding Tenant's vaults, safes and files,
and  Landlord  shall have the right to use any and all means which  Landlord may
deem proper to open said doors in an emergency,  in order to obtain entry to the
Premises without liability to Tenant except for any failure to exercise due care
for Tenant's  property and entry to the Premises  obtained by Landlord by any of
said means,  or  otherwise,  shall not under any  circumstances  be construed or
deemed to be a forcible or unlawful  entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises,
or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof.

21. TENANT'S DEFAULT.  The occurrence of any one or more of the following events
shall constitute a default and breach of this Lease by Tenant.

21.A. The vacating or abandonment of the Premises by Tenant.

21.B.  The  failure by Tenant to make any  payment of rent or any other  payment
required to be made by Tenant  hereunder,  as and when due,  where such  failure
shall  continue for a period of three (3) days after written  notice  thereof by
Landlord to Tenant.

21.C.  The  failure  by Tenant  to  observe  or  perform  any of the  covenants,
conditions  or  provisions  of this Lease to be  observed  or  performed  by the
Tenant,  other than described in Article 22.B.  above,  where such failure shall
continue  for a period  of thirty  (30)  days  after  written  notice  hereof by
Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant's default is
such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably  required for its cure, then
Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within
said thirty (30) day period and thereafter  diligently  prosecutes  such cure to
completion.

21.D. The making by Tenant of any general assignment or general  arrangement for
the benefit of  creditors;  or the filing by or against  Tenant of a petition to
have Tenant judged as bankrupt,  or petition or  reorganization  or  arrangement
under any law relating to bankruptcy  (unless,  in the case of a petition  filed
against  Tenant,  the  same  is  dismissed  within  sixty  (60)  days);  or  the
appointment of a trustee or a receiver to take possession of  substantially  all
of Tenant's  assets  located at the  Premises  or of  Tenant's  interest in this
Lease,  where  possession  is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or
the  attachment,  execution or other judicial  seizure of  substantially  all of
Tenant's  assets located at the Premises or of Tenant's  interest in this Lease,
where such seizure is not discharged in thirty (30) days.

22. REMEDIES.  If Tenant shall default under this Lease, Landlord shall have the
following  rights and  remedies,  in  addition  to all other  remedies at law or
equity, and none of the following,  whether or not exercised by Landlord,  still
preclude the exercise of any other right or remedy  whether  herein set forth or
existing at law or equity:

22.A.  Landlord  shall have the right to terminate  this Lease by giving  Tenant
written  notice at any time,  whereupon  this Lease shall  terminate on the date
specified in such notice and Tenant shall  immediately  surrender  possession of
the Premises to Landlord.  No act by or on behalf of Landlord,  such as entry of
the  Premises  to  perform  maintenance  and  repairs  are  efforts to relet the
Premises,  other  than  giving  Tenant  written  notice  of  termination,  shall
terminate this lease. If this Lease is terminated, Landlord shall be entitled to
recover  forthwith  from Tenant as damages an amount  equal to the total of: (1)
all rent and other sums due and unpaid at the time of termination, plus interest
hereon at the rate specified in Article 23.D; and (2) the amount of rent and all
other  sums that  would have been  payable  hereunder  if the Lease had not been
terminated,  less the net  proceeds,  if any, of any  reletting of the Premises,
after  deducting  all  Landlord's  expenses in connection  with such  reletting,
including,  but not limited to, all repossession costs,  brokerage  commissions,
tenant inducements, legal expenses, attorney's fees, and alteration,  remodeling
and repair  costs,  which  damages  Tenant  shall pay to Landlord on the days on
which the rent and other  sums  would  have  been  payable  if the Lease had not
terminated,  or,  alternatively,  at Landlord's  option,  an amount equal to the
present  value  (discounted  at the rate of 6% per annum) of the amount by which
the rent and other sums payable for the remainder of the stated Lease term after
the  termination  date  exceeds the amount of such loss for the same period that
Tenant  proves could be all of  Landlord's  expenses  incurred in reletting  (or
attempting  to relet) the  Premises;  including,  but  without  limitation,  the
expenses  enumerated  above;  and (3) all of  Landlord's  expenses  incurred  in
repossessing the Premises and all other amounts necessary to compensate Landlord
fully for- all damage caused by Tenant's default.

22.B.  Landlord may,  without demand or notice,  re-enter and take possession of
the Premises or any part thereof, and repossess the same as of Landlord's former
estate and expel Tenant and those claiming  through or under Tenant,  and remove
the effects of any and all such persons  (forcibly,  if necessary) without being
deemed  guilty of any manner of trespass  and without  prejudice to any remedies
for arrears of rent or preceding  breach of covenants.  If Landlord elects to so
re-enter or if  Landlord  takes  possession  pursuant  to legal  proceedings  or
pursuant to any notice  provided for by law,  Landlord  may,  from time to time,
without  terminating this Lease, relet the Premises or any part thereof for such
term or terms and at such rental or rentals,  and upon such other  conditions as

                                        5
<PAGE>
Landlord may in its absolute  discretion deem advisable,  with the right to make
alterations  and repairs to the  Premises.  No such  re-entry,  repossession  or
reletting  of the  Premises by  Landlord  shall be  construed  as an election on
Landlord's  part to terminate  this Lease unless a written notice of termination
is given to Tenant by Landlord.  No such re-entry,  repossession or reletting of
the Premises  shall relieve  Tenant of its liability and  obligation  under this
Lease, all of which shall survive such re-entry, repossession or reletting. Upon
the occurrence of such re-enters or repossession,  Landlord shall be entitled to
the amount of the  monthly  rent,  and all other  sums,  which  would be payable
hereunder  if such  re-entry  or  repossession  had not  occurred,  less the net
proceeds,  if any, of any  reletting  of the  Premises  after  deducting  all of
Landlord's  expenses  in  connection  with such  reletting,  including,  but not
limited  to, the  expenses  enumerated  in 23.A.  above.  Tenant  shall pay such
amounts to Landlord  on the days on which the rent and other sums due  hereunder
would have been payable  hereunder if possession  had not been retaken.  If this
Lease is terminated as a result of Landlord's actions in retaking  possession of
the Premises or otherwise,  Landlord  shall be entitled to recover  damages from
Tenant as provided in 23.A. above.

22.C. Landlord shall have the right to recover from Tenant the rents and damages
provided for above by suit or suits  brought from time to time without  Landlord
being  required to wait until the expiration of the lease term, or if this Lease
is terminated,  the date on which such expiration would hove occurred.  Landlord
may,  but shall not be obligated  to, cure,  at any time,  without  notice,  any
default by Tenant under this Lease;  whenever Landlord so elects,  all costs and
expenses  incurred  by  Landlord  in  curing  a  default,   including,   without
limitation,  reasonable attorney's fees, together with interest on the amount of
costs and expenses so incurred at the rate  specified in Article 23.D.  shall be
paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand,  and shall be  recoverable  as  additional
rent.  No such payment or  expenditure  by Landlord  shall be deemed a waiver of
Tenant's  default nor shall it affect any other  remedy of Landlord by reason of
such default.  As used in this Lease,  the term "re-enter",  "take  possession",
"repossess"  and  "repossession"  are not  restricted to their  technical  legal
meaning.  In no event shall Tenant be entitled to receive the excess, if any, of
net rent collected by Landlord as a result of any reletting of the Premises over
the sums payable by Tenant hereunder.

22.D.  If any rent or other sums due from  Tenant are not  received  by Landlord
within ten (10) days after due,  such sums shall bear interest at the rate of 2%
per month from the due date until paid.  In addition,  if any rent or other sums
due from  Tenant is not  received  by  Landlord  within ten (10) days after due,
Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to 10% of such overdue  amount.
The parties hereby agree that such late charge  represents a fair and reasonable
estimate  of the costs that  Landlord  will  incur by reason of late  payment by
Tenant, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such
costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting costs, and late
charges which may be imposed upon  Landlord  under any mortgage or deed of trust
covered the  Premises,  Acceptance  of any late  charge by Landlord  shall in no
event  constitute  a waiver of Tenant's  default  with  respect to such  overdue
amount, nor prevent Landlord from exercising any other rights and remedies.

22.E. If it should be unnecessary  for Landlord to employ an attorney to enforce
any of the  provisions  of this Lease,  to collect any unpaid sum, or to recover
possession  of the Premises,  Tenant agrees to pay all of Landlord's  attorney's
fees and costs  reasonably  incurred,  whether or not suit is filed. If Landlord
shall  prevail in any action or  proceeding  brought as either party against the
other under this Lease, Tenant agrees to pay all of Landlord's attorney fees and
costs reasonably incurred.

23. DEFAULT BY LANDLORD.  Landlord shall not be in default unless Landlord fails
to perform obligations  required of Landlord within a reasonable time, but in no
event later than thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord and
to the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises whose
name and address  shall have  theretofore  been  furnished to Tenant in writing,
specifying  wherein  Landlord has failed to perform such  obligation;  provided,
however,  that if the  nature of  Landlord's  obligation  is such that more than
thirty (30) days are  required for  performance  then  Landlord  shall not be in
default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and
thereafter  diligently  prosecutes  the same to  completion.  In no event  shall
Tenant have the right to terminate this Lease as a result of Landlord's  default
and Tenant's remedies shall be limited to damages and/or an injunction.

24.  RECONSTRUCTION.  In the event the  Premises  are  damaged  by fire or other
perils  covered by extended  coverage  insurance,  Landlord  agrees to forthwith
repair same,  and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect,  except that
Tenant shall be entitled to a  proportionate  reduction of the Minimum Rent from
the date of damage and while such  repairs  are being made,  such  proportionate
reduction  to be based  upon the  extent to which the  damage and making of such
repairs shall reasonably interfere with the business carried on by the Tenant in
the  Premises.  If the  damage is due to the fault or  neglect  of Tenant or its
employees,  there shall be no abatement  of rent.  In the event the Premises are
damaged  as a result of any cause  other  than the  perils  covered  by fire and
extended coverage insurance, then Landlord shall forthwith repair same, provided
the extent of the  destruction  be less than ten (10%)  percent of the then full
replacement  cost of the Premises.  In the event the destruction of the Premises
is to an  extent  of ten  (10%)  percent  or more of the  replacement  cost then
Landlord shall have the option: (1) to repair or restore such damage, this Lease
continuing in full force and effect,  but the Minimum Rent to be proportionately
reduced as hereinabove in this Article provided; or (2) give notice to Tenant at

                                        6
<PAGE>
any time within sixty (60) days after such damage,  terminating this Lease as of
the date specified in such notice,  which date shall be no more than thirty (30)
days after giving of such notice. In the event of giving such notice, this lease
shall expire and all interest of the Tenant in the Premises  shall  terminate on
the  date so  specified  in such  notice  and the  Minimum  Rent,  reduced  by a
proportionate  reduction,  based upon the  extent,  if any, to which such damage
interfered with the business carried on by the Tenant in the Premises,  shall be
paid up to date of said such termination.

Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained in this  Article,  Landlord
shall not have any obligation  whatsoever to repair,  reconstruct or restore the
Premises when the damage  resulting from any casualty covered under this article
occurs  during  the last  twenty-four  months  of the term of this  Lease or any
extension thereof.

Landlord  shall not be  required to repair any injury or damage by fire or other
cause,  or to make any repairs or  replacements  of any leasehold  improvements,
fixtures, or other personal property of Tenant.

25. EMINENT DOMAIN. If more than twenty-five (25%) percent of the Premises shall
be taken or appropriated by the public or qwasi-public authority under the power
of eminent  domain,  either party  hereto  shall have the right,  at its option,
within  sixty (60) days after said taking,  to terminate  this lease upon thirty
(30) days written  notice.  If either less than or more than  twenty-five  (25%)
percent of the  Premises  are taken (and  neither  party  elects to terminate as
herein  provided),  the Minimum  Rent  thereafter  to be paid shall be equitably
reduced.  If any part of the Snack Plant other than the Premises may be so taken
or appropriated,  Landlord shall within 60 days of said taking have the right at
its option to terminate this Lease upon written  notice to Tenant.  In the event
of any taking or appropriation whatsoever, Landlord shall be entitled to any and
all awards and/or  settlements which may be given and Tenant shall have no claim
against Landlord for the value of any unexpired term of this Lease.

26. TENANT 'S STATEMENT.  Tenant shall at any time and from time to time upon no
less than three days prior written notice from Landlord execute, acknowledge and
deliver to Landlord a statement  in writing  (R)  certifying  that this Lease is
unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified,  stating the nature of
such modification and certifying that this Lease us so modified is in full force
and  effect),  and the date to which the  rental and other  charges  are paid in
advance,  if any,  and  (b)  acknowledging  that  there  are  not,  to  Tenant's
knowledge,  may  incurred  defaults on the part of the  Landlord  hereunder,  or
specifying  such defaults if any are claimed,  and (c) setting forth the date of
commencement of rents and expiration of the term hereof.  Any such statement may
be  relied  upon by any  prospective  purchaser  or  encumbrances  of all or any
portion of the real property of which the Premises are a part.

27. PARKING AND COMMON AREAS.  Landlord  covenants  that upon  completion of the
Snack Plant an area approximately equal to the common and parking areas as shown
on  the  attached   Exhibit  "A"  shall  be  at  all  times  available  for  the
non-exclusive  use of Tenant during the full term of this Lease or any extension
of the term hereof, provided that the condemnation of other taking by any public
authority,  or sale  in lieu of  condemnation,  of any or all  such  common  and
parking  areas shall not  constitute  a  violation  of this  covenant.  Landlord
reserves the right to change the entrances,  exits, traffic lanes and boundaries
and locations of such parking area or areas, provided, however, that anything to
the contrary  notwithstanding  contained in the Article 28, said parking area or
areas shall at all times be  substantially  equal or equivalent to that shown on
attached Exhibit "A".

27.A.  Prior to the date of  Tenant's  opening  for  business  in the  Premises,
Landlord  shall  cause  said  common  and  parking  area or areas to be  graded,
surfaced, marked and landscaped at no expense to Tenant.

27.B.  The  Landlord  shall keep said  automobile  perking and common areas in a
neat, clean and orderly condition, and shall repair any damage to the facilities
thereof,  but all expenses in connection with said automobile parking and common
areas  shall be  charged  and  prorated  in the manner as set forth in Article 7
hereof.

27.C.  Tenant,  for  the  use and  benefit  of  Tenant,  its  agents  employees,
customers,  licensees  and  subtenants,  shall have the  non-exclusive  right in
common with  Landlord,  and other present and future  owners,  tenants and their
agents, employees,  customers,  licensees and subtenants, to use said common and
parking areas during the entire term of this Lease,  and any extension  thereof,
for ingress and egress, and automobile parking.

27.D. The Tenant, in the use of said common and parking areas,  agrees to comply
with such reasonable rules,  regulations and charges for parking as the Landlord
may adopt from time to time for the orderly and proper operations of said common
and  parking  area.  Such  rules may  include  but shall not be  limited  to the
following: (1) The restricting of employee parking to a limited, designated area
or areas;  and (2) The  regulations  of the  removal,  storage  and  disposal of
Tenant's refuse and other rubbish at the sole cost and expense of Tenant.

                                        7
<PAGE>
28. AUTHORITY OF PARTIES.

28.A. Corporate Authority. If Tenant is a corporation, each individual executing
this Lease on behalf of said corporation represents and warrants that he is duly
authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said  corporation,  in
accordance  with a duly  adopted  resolution  of the board of  directors of said
corporation,  and that this Lease is binding upon said corporation in accordance
with its terms.

28.B. Limited Partnerships.  If the Landlord herein is a limited partnership, it
is understood  and agreed that any claims by Tenant on Landlord shall be limited
to the assets of the  limited  partnership  and  furthermore,  Tenant  expressly
waives any and all rights to proceed  against the  individual  partners,  or the
officers,  directors or  shareholders  of any corporate  partner,  except to the
extent of their interest in said limited partnership.

29. SIGNS. On or before the date Tenant opens the Premises for business,  Tenant
shall erect one sign on the front of the Premises, such sign to be in accordance
with a design to be prepared by Tenant and approved in writing by Landlord. Such
sign must conform to the sign criteria attached hereto and incorporated  herein.
Except  for such  sign,  Tenant  shall  not  affix,  attach,  install,  paint or
otherwise place any signs, advertising placards, names, insignia,  trademarks or
other material upon the exterior walls of the Premises without the express prior
written  approval of Landlord  in each  instance.  Anything in this Lease to the
contrary notwithstanding, Tenant shall never affix any sign or other material to
the  roof.  Landlord  may,  at any  time and at  Tenant's  expense,  remove  any
unapproved or unauthorized sign or other material,  and Landlord's failure to do
so at any particular time shall never constitute a waiver of Landlord's right to
do so at a later time.

30. HOURS OF BUSINESS.  Subject to the  provisions of Article 25 hereof,  Tenant
shall  continuously  during the entire term hereof conduct and carry on Tenant's
business in the premises and shall keep the Premises open for business and cause
Tenant's  business to be conducted  therein  during the usual  business hours of
each and every  business day as is customary  for business of like  character in
the city in which the  Premises are located to be open for  business;  provided,
however,  that this provision  shall not apply if the Premises  should be closed
and the  business  of Tenant  temporarily  discontinued  therein  on  account of
strikes,  lockouts or similar causes beyond the reasonable  control of Tenant or
closed  for not more than  three (3) days out of  respect  to the  memory of any
deceased  officer or employee of Tenant,  or the relative or any such officer or
employee.  Tenant shall keep the Premises  adequately  stocked with merchandise,
and with sufficient  sales  personnel to care for the patronage,  and to conduct
said business in accordance with solid business practice.

31. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

(i) Plats and Riders.  Clauses,  plats, riders and addendums, if any, affixed to
this Lease are a part hereof.

(ii) Waiver.  The Waiver by Landlord of any term,  covenant or condition  herein
contained  shall  not be  deemed  to be a  waiver  of  such  term,  covenant  or
conditions or any subsequent  breach of the same or any other term,  covenant or
condition  herein  contained.  The  subsequent  acceptance of rent  hereunder by
Landlord  shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding  default by Tenant
or any term,  covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of the
Tenant  to pay the  particular  rental so  accepted,  regardless  of  Landlord's
knowledge of such preceding default at the time of the acceptance of such rent.

(iii)  Joint  Obligation.  If there  be more  than one  Tenant  the  obligations
hereunder imposed shall be joint and several.

(iv) Marginal Headings. The Marginal headings and article titles to the articles
of this  Lease are not a part of this  Lease and shall  have no effect  upon the
construction of interpretation of any part hereof.

(v)  Time.  Time  is of the  essence  of  this  Lease  and  each  and all of its
provisions in which performance is a factor.

(vi) Successors and Assignees.  The covenants and conditions  herein  contained,
subject  to the  provisions  as to  assignment,  apply to and  bind  the  heirs,
successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the parties hereto.

(vii)  Recordation.  Tenant shall not record this Lease.  Tenant shall execute a
short form memorandum hereof at the request of Landlord.

(viii) Quiet  Possession.  Upon Tenant  paying the rent  reserved  hereunder and
observing and  performing  all of the  covenants,  conditions  and provisions of
Tenant shall have quiet  possession  of the Premises for the entire term hereof,
subject to all the provisions of this Lease.

                                        8
<PAGE>
(ix)  Lender's  Approval.  This Lease is subject to the  approval  of the lender
furnishing the loan for the Snack Plant. If such lender  disapproves  this Lease
within ten (10) days after the execution hereof, Landlord may cancel this Lease,
without any liability  whatsoever,  by written notice of  cancellation  given to
Tenant within five (5) days thereafter.

(x) Prior  Agreements.  This lease contains all of the agreements of the parties
hereto with  respect to any matter  covered or  mentioned  in the Lease,  and no
prior  agreements  or  understanding  pertaining  to any such  matters  shall be
effective for any purpose. No provision of this Lease may be amended or added to
except  by an  agreement  in  writing  signed  by the  parties  hereto  or their
respective successors in interest.  This Lease shall not be effective or binding
on any party until fully executed by both parties hereto.

(xi)  Inability  to  Perform.  This  Lease  and the  obligations  of the  Tenant
hereunder  shall not be affected or impaired  because the  Landlord is unable to
fulfill  any of its  obligations  hereunder  or is  delayed in doing so, if such
inability or delay is caused by reason of strike,  labor troubles,  acts of God,
or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of the Landlord.

(xii)  Partial  Invalidity.  Any provision of this Lease which shall prove to be
invalid, void, or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other
provision hereof and such other provision shall remain in full force and effect.

(xiii)  Cumulative  Remedies.  No remedy or election  hereunder  shall be deemed
exclusive but shall, whenever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at
law or in equity.

(xiv)  Choice of Law.  This Lease  shall be governed by the laws of the State in
which the Premises are located.

(xv) Sale of Premises by  Landlord.  In the event of any sale of the Premises by
Landlord,  Landlord  shall be and is hereby  entirely  freed and relieved of all
liability  under any and all of its  covenants and  obligations  contained in or
derived from this Lease arising out of any act, occurrence or omission occurring
after the  consummation  of such sale;  and the  purchaser,  at such sale or any
subsequent sale of the Premises shall be deemed,  without any further  agreement
between the parties and any such  purchaser  to have assumed and agreed to carry
out any and all of the  covenants  and  obligations  of the Landlord  under this
Lease.

(xvi)  Subordination;  Attornment.  This Lease,  including the covenant of quiet
enjoyment,  is and shall be subject and subordinate to all ground and underlying
leases,  all mortgages,  deeds of trust or other  encumbrances,  and any and all
conditions, renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements
of any or all of the  foregoing,  now or  hereafter  affecting  such  leases  or
Premises of the real  property of which the  Premises  are a part (except to the
extent any such instrument  shall expressly  provide that this Lease is superior
thereto).  This clause  shall be  self-operative  and no further  instrument  of
subordination shall be required in order to effectuate it. Nevertheless,  Tenant
shall,  within five (5) days after  request  therefore,  execute and deliver any
certificate or other assurance in confirmation of such  subordination  requested
by any  lessor,  mortgagee  or by  Landlord.  In the event any  proceedings  are
brought for default under any ground or underlying  lease or for the foreclosure
of, or in the event of the  exercise of the power of sale under,  any  mortgage,
deed of  trust  or  other  encumbrance  to  which  this  Lease  is  subject  and
subordinate,  Tenant shall, upon request of the party succeeding to the interest
of Landlord as a result of such proceedings,  automatically attorn to and become
the Tenant of such  successor  in interest  without  change in the terms of this
Lease. Tenant shall,  within five (5) days after request therefore,  execute and
deliver any instruments confirming such attornment requested by Landlord or such
successor  in  interest.   Tenant  hereby  irrevocably  appoints  Landlord,  its
successors and assigns as Tenant's  attorney-in-fact  to execute and deliver any
certificates or other assurances of subordination  and/or attornment required by
this Article,  for and on behalf of Tenant, if Tenant fails to do so as provided
herein. The provisions of this Article to the contrary  notwithstanding,  and so
long as Tenant is not in  default  hereunder,  this Lease  shall  remain in full
force and effect for the full term thereof.

(xvii)  Notices.  All  notices  and  demands  which may or are to be required or
permitted  to be  given  by  either  party on the  other  hereunder  shall be in
writing.  All notices and demands by the Landlord to the Tenant shall be sent by
United States Mail,  postage  prepaid,  addressed to the Tenant at the Premises,
and to the address  hereinbelow,  or to such other place as Tenant may from time
to time  designate in a notice to the  Landlord.  All notices and demands by the
Tenant to the  Landlord  shall be sent by United  States Mail  postage  prepaid,
addressed  to the  Landlord at the address set forth  herein,  and to such other
person or place as the Landlord  may from time to time  designate in a notice to
the Tenant.

To LANDLORD at: 225 W. Hospitality, San Bernardino, CA 92408

To TENANT at: 705 W. Dustman Road, Bluffton, Indiana

                                        9
<PAGE>
31.  BROKERS.  Tenant  warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate
broker or agents in connection with the negotiation of this Lease.


LANDLORD: American Pacific Financial Corporation


BY:
    -------------------------------------
    Bradley J. Crandall, Vice President


TENANT: Wabash Foods, LLC


BY:
    -------------------------------------
    Larry R. Polhill, Manager

                                       10

                  LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF POORE BROTHERS, INC.



     Name of Subsidiary                         State of Incorporation/Formation
     ------------------                         --------------------------------
Poore Brothers of Arizona, Inc.                              Arizona
Poore Brothers Distributing, Inc.                            Arizona
Poore Brothers of Texas, Inc.                                 Texas
La Cometa Properties, Inc.                                   Arizona
Tejas PB Distributing, Inc.                                  Arizona
Wabash Foods, LLC                                            Delaware

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND THE RELATED CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1
<CURRENCY> U.S. DOLLARS

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1999
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1999
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                      1
<CASH>                                         104,364
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                3,471,394
<ALLOWANCES>                                   206,353
<INVENTORY>                                  1,221,412
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               325,146
<PP&E>                                      15,586,846
<DEPRECIATION>                               1,908,713
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              26,073,980
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                        4,135,877
<BONDS>                                     10,680,840
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                       132,220
<OTHER-SE>                                  11,125,043
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                26,073,980
<SALES>                                     23,275,543
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                            23,275,543
<CGS>                                       17,568,425
<TOTAL-COSTS>                               17,568,425
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                             4,763,896
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             749,750
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                193,472
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            193,472
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                               (47,601)
<CHANGES>                                     (71,631)
<NET-INCOME>                                    74,240
<EPS-BASIC>                                       0.01
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.01


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission